10份初二英语下试卷

2014-5-11 0:22:52 下载本试卷

初二英语第十八单元练习

一、指出下列与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个词:

(   )1. feather   A. health    B. birthday  C. weather    D. nothing

(   )2. laugh    A. warm    B. pass      C. because    D. worse

(   )3. wet      A. vegetable  B. harvest   C. enjoy      D. December

(   )4. candle    A. later      B. date      C. plate       D. happy

(   )5. present   A. pleasure  B. always    C. answer     D. second

(   )6. sandwich  A. message   B. catch     C. cheap      D. machine

(   )7. enjoyed   A. laughed   B. wanted   C. looked     D. cleaned

(   )8. health     A. sea       B. reach     C. feather    D. cleaner

(   )9. popular   A. party      B. quarter   C. dangerous  D. ladder

(   )10. says     A. player     B. next      C. may       D. Sunday

二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

 1. dry (比较级)___________      2. snow (形容词)___________

 3. forget (现在分词)__________   4. party (复数)_________

 5. feather (复数)________        6. right (同音词)_________

 7. sandwich (复数)___________   8. think (过去式)_________

 9. wear (过去式)_________       10. easy (副词)_________

 三、将下列汉语译成英语:

 1. 聚会__________________      2. 生日快乐________________

 3. 迟一点________________      4. 等一会儿________________

 5. 恐怕不行______________      6. 再添一点牛奶________________

 7. 请某人参加聚会______________________________

 8. 感到高兴_______________________

 9. 她的所有其他朋友____________________________

 10. 多么美味的食物! ____________________________

四、选择填空:

(   )1. Sorry , I _____ you about it.

       A. forget to tell        B. forget telling

       C. forgot to tell        D. forgot telling

(   )2. —Could you  answer the question?

       —Sorry , there is _____ to think about it.

       A. not time    B. no time    C. not times    D. no times

(   )3. Lucy often goes swimming in  summer , _____.

      A. so does Mike           B. so is Mike

      C. so Mike does           D. Mike does so

(   )4. I _____ you can  come to my  birthday party.

       A. speak    B. hope     C. talk      D. say

(   )5. All of  her _____ friends are now  outside the door.

       A. others    B. another     C. other    D. the other

(   )6. There is  some bread _____ the plate.

       A. with     B. to     C. on     D. in

(   )7. —Could you  pass me the  candle , please?   —_____.

       A. Yes. Here are  you      B. Yes. Here you  are  

       C. Yes. Here is  it         D. No , thank you

(   )8. _____ interesting film it  is !

       A. What an    B. What a     C. How    D. How an

(   )9. —What present _____ your father _____ you for  your birthday?

      —A new  school bag.

      A. does , give    B. did , give    C. is , giving    D. did , gave

(   )10. Last year the  farmers had a  good harvest ___ much of  China.

       A. on        B. at       C. in      D. from

(   )11. Yesterday his  birthday party ___ at six  o' clock and ___ to ten.

        A. starts , goes           B. started , went on

        C. started , went         D. starts , went on

(   )12. The best time ____ to their country is  in autumn.

        A. goes      B. go     C. going     D. to go

(   )13. I' ll stay at  home. It is  raining ____ outside.

       A. heavily    B. heavy     C. big     D. large

(   )14. Tell her  to wear the  red feather ____ her new  hat , please.

        A. on      B. in      C. at       D. above

(   )15. —I hope you  can go to  the cinema with us.

       —I' m sorry , _____ I can' t.

       A. so      B. and      C. because      D. but

(   )16. They are  up ____ in the kitchen.

        A. all the foods         B. the all foods

        C. the all food         D. all the food

(   )17. We are  going to _____ a party on  Saturday.

        A. make       B. do      C. have      D. had

(   )18. He will stay here for _____.

        A. more two days          B. two more day

        C. another two days        D. two another days

(   )19. —I' m sorry , but I' ve lost your pen.  — _____.

       A. It doesn' t matter         B. All right

       C. It' s a pleasure           D. That' s right

(   )20. I' m a  student , _____.

       A. so Ann  am            B. so am Ann

       C. so is Ann              D. so Ann is

五、介词填空:

 1.“I' m going to  his birthday party ______ half ______ four _____ the     afternoon. What ______ you?”

   “I think I' ll go ______ you.”

 2. Polly gave Ann  a feather ______ her birthday.

 3. The doorbell is  ringing. Who is ______ the door?

 4. The weather here is  very different ______ England' s ______ this       time ______ year.

 5. Mike often goes swimming ______ a lake ______ his home ______     summer.

 6. Thanks a  lot for asking me ______ your party.

六、句型变换:

 1. Ann is  going to have her  party at home. (划线提问)

   

 2. Most of  us went to  Ann' s party yesterday. (同上)

 3. The dumplings are  delicious. (改为感叹句)

 4. They are  beautiful clothes. (同上)

 5. They didn' t go  to the cinema yesterday afternoon. (改为反意问句)

 6. The party starts at  half past seven in  the evening. (同上)

七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:

 1. Where _____ (be) Xiao Lin ? Sorry , I don' t  know. But  I _______     (see) him in the  classroom a moment ago.

 2. Mr Smith _________ (work) in China in  1993. He enjoyed _______    (live) in China very much.

 3. Would you  like _________ (have) some  more milk?

 4. Thanks a  lot for _________ (ask) us to your birthday party.

 5. My sister ________ (do) her homework every evening , but now  she    _________ (write) a  letter to my  father.

 6. We _______ (have ) a party in  the classroom last Saturday evening.

   Most of  us ________ (enjoy) ________ (sing) very much.

 7. It _____ (be) hot today. But  I think it _____ (be) cool later on.

 8. We _____ (help) the workers ______ (run) the machines next month.

 9. There ______ (be) some  bread on  the pate.

 10. Thanks a  lot for ________ (give) me such a  beautiful sweater.

    I' d ________ (love) ________ (wear) it.

八、改病句:

(   )1. The rain is  heavily , isn' t  it ? _______

         A         B     C  D

(   )2. How delicious sandwiches we  had this morning ! _______

        A              B         C      D

(   )3. When does the  game start yesterday afternoon? _______

        A    B            C         D

(   )4. I don' t like winter because it' s too much cold. _______

           A             B    C     D

(   )5. Look , the candles in the  cake are very beautiful. _______

                A     B          C   D

(   )6. Thanks you  for telling me  the good news. _______

         A        B   C        D

(   )7. The all  food was on  the table. The  sandwiches were on  the 

           A       B                            C

       plates , and the candles were on  the cake. _______

                            D

(   )8. What beautiful present! I  can wear it  in my new  hat. _______

        A            B           C     D

(   )9. The party starts at four , isn' t it? _______

       A         B  C       D

(   )10. Ann ran to the  door , and find Li  Lei outside. _______

            A      B           C            D

九、从 B 栏中选出 A 栏的答句, 填入括号内:

              A                        

(   )1. Shall we  go for a  walk?  

(   )2. When shall we  go this afternoon?

(   )3. You want to  go swimming , don' t you ?

(   )4. Shall we  leave at half past seven?

(   )5. Where shall we  go the day  after tomorrow?

(   )6. May I  speak to Ann , please?

(   )7. Would you  like to come to  my birthday party?

(   )8. Are you  free this evening?

            B

A. No , I don' t.

B. Let' s go  to the park.

C. Thank you. I  would love to  come.

D. No. Let' s leave at  eight o' clock.

E. Certainly.

F. Good idea!

G. Yes , I think so.

H. What about eight o' clock?  

初二英语第十九单元练习

一、找出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词:

(   )1. east        A. ready    B. piece     C. report    D. head

(   )2. temperature A. call      B. message   C. date     D. hand

(   )3. report      A. bought   B. October   C. porridge  D. popular

(   )4. wait        A. inside    B. lift       C. again    D. build

(   )5. stop        A. north     B. draw      C. your    D. office

(   )6. finished     A. called    B. laughed    C. waited   D. answered

(   )7. above      A. radio      B. long      C. strong   D. enough

(   )8. below       A. present    B. December C. second  D. telephone

(   )9. most       A. almost     B. October   C. move   D. soccer

(   )10. south      A. below      B. enough    C. town    D. north 

二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

 1. radio (复数)__________        2. break (过去式)_________

 3. above (反义词)_________       4. turn on (反义词组)___________

 5. fall (过去式)__________        6. stop (过去式)__________

 7. nine (序数词)_________        8. careful (名词)__________

 9. wait (现在分词)__________     10. long (反义词)_________

三、将下列汉语译成英语:

 1. 打开收音机__________________   2. 有空____________________

 3. 去散步___________________      4. 等公共汽车______________

 5. 华南_________________          6. 后天______________

 7. 零度以上_________________       8. 好得多_______________

 9. 取回某物_________________       10. 天气预报______________

四、选择填空:

(   )1. Be quick. They _____ us outside the  office.

      A. are waiting for        B. are waiting

      C. waited for           D. will wait

(   )2. Mr John came here _____.

      A. got it back          B. got back it

      C. to get it  back        D. to get back it

(   )3. It' s very good radio _____.

       A. Turn on           B. Turn it on

      C. Turn on it          D. Turning it on

(   )4. There' s a  lot of wind today. _____ weather it  is!

       A. What bad            B. What a bad  

       C. How bad            D. How bad a

(   )5. The colour TV  looks _____ now.

       A. much good   B. much well   C. much better   D. very well

(   )6. —How long _____ the rain _____ last night?

      —Is lasted two  hours.

      A. was , lasted   B. did , last    C. will , last   D. does , last

(   )7. —I' m sorry. I  broke your pen.  —_____. Don' t worry.

       A. That' s all right          B. All right

       C. That' s right             D. You' re welcome

(   )8. She wants to  get the book back , _____ she?

       A. isn' t     B. don' t      C. doesn' t      D. won' t

(   )9. The radio says Beijing will be _____.

       A. sun     B. rain     C. wind     D. cloudy

(   )10. I' m going to  have a birthday party. ____ you like to  come?

       A. Could        B. May       C. Would        D. Can

(   )11. I think the  sun will _____ later.

       A. come down    B. come in    C. come out    D. come up

(   )12. Don' t worry. They _____ everything ready soon.

        A. got       B. get      C. are getting       D. will get

(   )13. Shall we  have _____ work to do  tomorrow?

        A. much     B. a lot    C. many      D. a few

(   )14. The radio says there will be  rain _____.

       A. at the night           B. in the night

       C. on the night           D. in night

(   )15. The cloud will _____ quite quickly.

       A. lift     B. stop     C. turn     D. get

(   )16. Please help _____ lift the  heavy box.

        A. I       B. me      C. we      D. mine

(   )17. _____ do you  like better , tea or  coffee?

       A. When      B. How      C. What      D. Which

(   )18. I listen to  the weather report _____ the radio every day.

       A. at       B. in      C. on      D. by

(   )19. Fuzhou is _____ the southeast of  China.

       A. to       B. on      C. in      D. at

(   )20. _____ the flowers are  beautiful.

       A. The most of    B. Most of   C. Most a    D. Of most

五、介词填空:

 1. We won' t go  to school ______ seven thirty.

 2. ______ night the  temperature will fall ______ zero again.

 3. Would you  please mend the  bike ______ me?

 4. Mike goes swimming in  the river ______ times.

 5. Why don' t you  have dinner ______ us this evening?

 6. I can  not sleep ______ the day-time.

 7. Would you  like to go ______ a walk ______ me now?

 8. There will be  a strong wind _____ the north of  the Huai River.

六、将下列句子改为否定句、疑问句, 并作肯定、否定回答:

 1. They will leave the  office at eleven.

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

 2. We shall go  to see our  English teacher tomorrow.

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

 3. It' ll be  windy this evening.

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

 4. There will be  a class meeting this afternoon.

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

 5. He will wait for  us at the  bus stop.

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________

七、用所给动词的正确形式填空:

 1. I' m afraid the  rain _________ (stop) later  in the day.

 2. Thanks a  lot for your supper. I _________ (enjoy) it very much.

 3. They _________ (make) some kites next Sunday.

 4. I ________ (hope) you could come to  my party but  you didn' t.

 5. We often help the  old woman _________ (carry) water.

 6. Can your father _________ (write) in English?

 7. I _________ (not have) supper with my  mother last night.

 8. It' s eight o' clock now. Mum _____________ (write) a letter to  my     brother and I __________ (draw) a picture.

 9. Wei Hua's bike __________ (break) yesterdeay. He asked me ______    (mend) it this afternoon.

 10. Chen Hui _________ (have) his birthday the  day after tomorrow.

八、改病句:

(   )1. There is going to  have an English party this evening. _______

            A          B   C              D

(   )2. It' s raining heavily. Bringing me  a raincoat please. _______

       A          B      C        D

(   )3. People often listens to the  weather report every day. _______

              A     B   C             D

(   )4. I think the  weather will be very better soon. _______

         A                B    C         D

(   )5. Look! There are a lot  of apples in the  tree. _______

                 A     B     C    D

(   )6. What a fine day today! Let' s go  for walk outside. _______

         A        B         C          D

(   )7. Thank you  for come and  for the beautiful present. _______

        A        B   C           D

(   )8. There is nothing in the  room , isn' t there? _______

            A    B   C             D

(   )9. Shall you  come to our  house for supper? _______

        A            B       C   D

(   )10. I usually read a book for some time after I  go to bed. _____

                     A    B            C        D

九、阅读理解:

     Kate and Peter like sports. In  summer they swim and  in winter they skate. They are  planning a skate trip for  this weekend , but they don' t know about the  weather. It' s 7:30 now , and they are  listening to the  weather report on  the radio. The  weather-man is giving the  weather for the  weekend.

    “Friday is  going to be  cold and cloudy , but it' s not  going to rain. The  temperature is going to  be belwo zero. It' s going to  snow on Friday evening. Saturday and  Sunday are going to  be cold and  sunny.”

     Now Kate and  Peter are happy. The  weather is going to  be  very nice for  a skate trip. They are  going to have a  good time on  the hills.

(   )1. Kate and  Peter like _____.

       A. listening to the  radio            B. watching TV

       C. sports                        D. music

(   )2. They are  planning _____ for this weekend.

       A. a class meeting              B. a party

       C. a game                    D. a skate trip

(   )3. They want to  know about _____.

       A. the rain    B. the food   C. the weather   D. the radio

(   )4. It _____ on Saturday and  Sunday.

      A. will rain             B. will be windy

      C. will be cloudy        D. will be cold and  sunny

(   )5. Kate and  Peter are happy because _____.

       A. the weather is  going to be  nice for a  skate trip

       B. they are going to  visit the friends

      C. They are  going to see  their parents

       D. They are going to  have a good meal

初二英语第二十单元练习

一、找出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词:

(   )1. chips    A. school    B. sandwich  C. lunch    D. machine

(   )2. real     A. ready     B. east      C. season   D. hear

(   )3. cabbage A. vegetable  B. leg       C. dialogue  D. dog

(   )4. sugar    A. sell       B. sure      C. salt      D. set

(   )5. potato   A. carrot    B. candle    C. answer   D. radio

(   )6. tomato   A. from      B. photo    C. tonight   D. move

(   )7. fry      A. ready     B. fly       C. happy   D. usually

(   )8. pork    A. short      B. doctor    C. porridge  D. total

(   )9. salt      A. half       B. walk      C. fall      D. also

(   )10. sugar   A. similar    B. party      C. park    D. car 

二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

 1. potato (复数)__________        2. popular (比较级)___________

 3. three (序数词)_________        4. sunny (比较级)__________

 5. free (反义词)__________        6. outside (反义词)_________

 7. fish (复数)_________           8. fry (形容词)_________

 9. careful (最高级)___________     10. five (序数词)__________

三、汉译英:

 1. 把…带回家__________________   2. 把…递给某人_____________

 3. 给…打电话__________________   4. 在露天_______________

 5. 这么多的书___________________ 6. 家里煮的_______________

 7. 外卖食品__________________    8. 在西北________________ 

 9. 最受欢迎的食物______________________  10. 炸鸡____________

四、选择填空:

(   )1. Mr Bruce will give us _____ to eat.

       A. everything different      B. something different

       C. different something      D. anything different

(   )2. Which is _____ popular , pork , beef , or chicken?

       A. more    B. the more    C. most    D. the most

(   )3. It is  raining _____ than  yesterday.

      A. more hard            B. much harder

      C. more harder          D. much more hard

(   )4. —Where is  Ann?     —She _____ in the  library.

      A. must be    B. can be    C. will be    D. would be

(   )5. Mr Bruce is  not in. What _____ now?

       A. do we do            B. we will do

       C. shall we do           D. are we going do

(   )6. I like apples _____ of all.

      A. well      B. best      C. better      D. good

(   )7. —People eat  a lot of  beef in England.  —_____.

      A. So do we            B. So we do

      C. We so do            D. We do so

(   )8. I want to  cook something _____ English.

      A. really      B. real      C. an      D. to

(   )9. The cloud will lift quite _____.

       A. quick    B. well     C. quickly     D. fastly

(   )10. —Would you  like to come for  supper this evening? —____.

       A. Yes , please         B. Thank you , I' d love to

       C. Yes , I want to      D. Don' t be so  nice

(   )11. —Would you  like a cup  of tea?  —_____.

       A. Yes , please    B. Excuse me    C. Well     D. Good

(   )12. Which is _____, this photo or  that one?

        A. much beautiful           B. the more beautiful

        C. more beautiful           D. most beautiful

(   )13. Would you  like to have ____ eggs for  your breakfast ?

        A. frying      B. fried      C. to fry      D. fries

(   )14. They often go  for a walk _____ the open air.

        A. in      B. at      C. on      D. to

(   )15. Please _____ me a ring when you  get there.

        A. do      B. make      C. give      D. take

(   )16. We have _____ books in  this library.

        A. so many     B. so much    C. too much    D. much too

(   )17. Chen Hui  will go to  a fish and  chip shop , _____.

        A. so Ann will            B. so does Ann

        C. so will Ann             D. so Ann does

(   )18. Robert likes tea  with _____ it.

        A. milks in            B. milk in

        C. milk on            D. the milk in

(   )19. I' ll help him _____ the box  upstairs.

        A. carrying    B. carry     C. carries    D. carried

(   )20. This meeting is _____ of all.

        A. the more important        B. most important

        C. the most important        D. more important

五、介词:

 1. I hope you  can come ______ my house ______ my birthday next Sunday.

 2. I like Chinese tea ______ nothing ______ it , please.

 3. Please listen ______ the weather report ______ the next twenty-four     hours.

 4. The snow will last a  week ______ the north ______ China.

 5. What food will they cook ______ the dinner?

 6. Please take the  radio home ______ your father.

 7. I think it' s much nicer ______ a paper bag.

 8. Thank you ______ coming and _____ the beautiful present.

六、用所给形容词、副词的适当形式填空:

 1. This TV  set is _________ (small) than that one  and it is ________     (cheap).

 2. I' m very ________ (hungry). But  Wang Hong is ________ (hungry)    it is.

 3. Are the  flowers on the  right __________ (beautiful) than  the ones      on the left?

 4. This orange is  very _________ (big). I  think it is ________(big) one    in the  basket.

 5. Does your father get  up _________ (early) in  your family?

 6. Which do  you like __________ (well) , apples or pears?

 7. The second truck is  carrying _________ (few) than  the first one.       The third one  is carrying _________ (few) of all.

 8. Her mother says tha t it must be  much __________ (delicious).

 9. Li Ping is _________ (tall) in his  class.

七、句型变换:

 1. We shall cook some chicken for  supper. (划线提问)

 2. We' ll wait for  you outside the  school gate. (同上)

 3. It' ll be  sunny tomorrow. (同上)

 4. In England , the most popular food is  fish and chips. (同上)

 5. The Kings are  going to have real Chinese food tomorrow evening.

 (同上)

 

6. You can  be here at  seven o' clock. (改为反意问句)

 7. He went to  the  zoo with his  friend. (同上)

 8. There was  a call for  him. (同上)

 9. My brother doesn' t like beef. (同上)

 10. Fish and  chips are dilicious. (改为感叹句)

八、用所给动词的正确形式填空:

 1. Li Lei ____________ (not do) his homework yesterday evening. He     ___________ (write) a  latter to his  father.

 2. It _________ (rain) heavily now. But  the radio says it _______ (be)    sunny tomorrow.

 3. Listen! A  lot of sutdents _________ (sing) in the  next classroom.

 4. Everything __________ (begin) to grow when spring comes.

 5. His home __________ (not be) far from here. It' ll take only ten       minutes ________ (walk) there.

 6. Sorry , I can' t _________ (go) with you  this afternoon. I  have a lot    of work _________ (do).

 7. I usually _________ (go) to school by  bus. But she  usually ______    (go) to school on  foot.

 8. Thanks a  lot for _________ (ask) me to your English party.

 9. He _________ (study) in the  south ten years ago.

 10. The radio _________ (say) the wind _________ (stop) later on.

九、选择正确译文:

(   )1. 只要花十分钟就能走到警察局。

    A. It takes only ten  minutes to walk to  the police station.

    B. It only takes ten  minutes walking to  the police station.

    C. Ten minutes will be  enough walking to  the police station.

(   )2. 我想明天天气不会好转。

    A. I think it  won' t be better tomorrow.

    B. I think it  will be better  tomorrow.

    C. I don' t think it  will be better tomorrow.

(   )3. 他最喜欢西红柿。

    A. He likes tomatoes better.

    B. He likes tomatoes best of  all.

    C. He is like tomatoes best of  all.

(   )4. 请到我家吃晚饭吧!

    A. Please you come to  my house to  have supper.

    B. Come to my  house have supper , please.

    C. Please come to  my house for  supper.

(   )5. 今晚我校将放映一部英语影片。

    A. There will be  a English film in  our school this evening.

    B. There is going to  be an English film in  our school tonight.

    C. There is going to  have an English film this evening.

(   )6. 老师要我们去打扫教室。  

    A. The teacher asked us  to clean the  classroom.

    B. The teacher asked we  to cleaned the  classroom.

    C. The teacher asked us  cleaned the classroom. 

初二英语单元测试(Unit 15—Unit 17)

 

听力部分(20分)

1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)

(   )1. A. thick        B. sits      C. its         D. six

(   )2. A. street       B. free      C. tree       D. three

(   )3. A. monkeys   B. Monday  C. month    D. mouth

(   )4. A. way        B. why      C. write      D. right

(   )5. A. sing        B. think     C. thing      D. ring

2. 听对话, 选择正确的答案回答问题: (每小题念两遍)

(   )1. A. It' s Monday.                 B. It' s Sunday.

       C. It' s February.                D. It' s six fifteen

(   )2. A. I went to  have breakfast.      B. I went to  school.

       C. I went to  the park.            D. I went boating.

(   )3. A. Lily feels full.                 B. Lily feels hungry.

       C. Lily feels fine.                D. Lily feels well.

(   )4. A.They are talking about the  time.

       B. They are talking about their classroom.

       C. They are talking about the  weather.

       D. They are talking about their shoes.

(   )5. A. He is picking apples.      B. He is playing a  game.

       C. He is holding a  ladder.  

       D. He is looking for  his friend.

 3. 听录音, 选择下原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)

(   )1. A. They bought many books yesterday.

      B. They bought a  lot of oranges yesterday.

      C. Jim bought many apples yesterday.

      D. Jim' s sister bought a  lot of oranges yesterday.

(   )2. A.We helped the  farmers to pick oranges last Sunday.

       B. We helped the  farmers pick apples last Sunday.

        C. They helped the  farmers to pick oranges last Tuesday.

       D. They helped the  farmers pick apples last Tuesday.

(   )3. A. Li Ping likes spring.      B. Li Ping likes autumn.

       C. Lucy likes spring.        D. Lucy likes autumn.

(   )4. A. It' s so warm in  the  room.

         Why don' t you  take off your coat?

       B. It' s so warm in  the room.

         Why don' t you  take off your sweater?

       C. It' s so old  in the room.

          Why n ot put  on your coat?

        D. It' s so cold in  the room.

          Why not put  on your sweater?

(   )5. A. Bruce is at  home.       B. Bruce is away.

       C. Bruce is at  the shop.   D. Bruce is  at the cinema

四. 听录音, 选出你所听到的电话号码: (每小题念一遍)

(   )1. A. 322148    B. 311482     C. 311248    D. 311284

(   )2. A. 996656    B. 669965     C. 696965    D. 969656

(   )3. A. 886152    B. 886652     C. 881652    D. 888152

 五. 听录音, 选出该词的反义词: (每小题念一遍)

(   )1. A. heavy    B. early     C. day    D. full

(   )2. A. small     B. open    C. long    D. outside

(   )3. A. young    B. night    C. down    D. closed

      六. 听对话, 填表格: (对话念两遍)

笔试部分(80分)

一、找出下列各组中单词划线部分发音不同的单词:8%

(   )1. A. message      B. paper      C. village      D. passage

(   )2. A. warm        B. party       C. harvest    D. park

(   )3. A. season       B. speak      C. read        D. weather

(   )4. A. snow        B. down       C. grow       D. window

(   )5. A. weather      B. birthday    C. fourth      D. throw

(   )6. A. enjoyed      B. laughed     C. cleaned    D. carried

(   )7. A. wet          B. vegetable   C. December  D. men

(   )8. A. country       B. blouse      C. flower      D. trousers        二、A、根据句意,填入适当的词:6%

 1. Which colour do  you like ________, red , yellow or blue?

 2. ________ the weather like today? It' s hot.

  3. I' m sorry I  was out when you _______. My mother answered the  telephone.

 4. Friday comes ________ Thursday.

 5. ________ beautiful pictures they are!

 6. Lucy is  different ________ her  father.

    B、汉译英:10%

 1. They' re ________ the ________. (在看电影)

  2. I' m afraid they are  not _______ _______ to  pick the apples. (足够多的人)

  3. The farmers _______ _______ with the  apple harvest. (在…方面需要帮助)

 4. We have _______ _______ every day. (明媚的阳光)

 5. Spring in  England can last from _______ _______. (三月下旬)

三、选择题:16%

(   )1. Could I ____ Jim , please ?

      A. say     B. speak      C. speak to     D. tell

(   )2. There was  a telephone call ____ you.

       A. on    B. in    C. for    D. of

(   )3. I ____ on a  piece of paper.

       A. write down it         B. writed down it

       C. wrote it down        D. wrote down it

(   )5. I must get  ready ____ the meeting now.

       A. for      B. of     C. at    D. in

(   )6. The Greens ____ a good time in  the park last Sunday.

       A. have     B. had     C. has     D. were

(   )7. Green is  a policeman , ____?

       A. is he    B. isn' t he    C. isn' t Green    D. is not he

(   )8. There are  not ____ English books in  our library (图书馆).

        A. a lot of      B. lots of     C. much     D. many

(   )9. —____ part of England does your teacher come from? 

       —London.

        A. What      B. Where      C. That     D. Which

(   )10. —Who called me  this morning?

        —____ was your mother.

        A. That     B. This     C. She     D. It

(   )11. They ____ in the  river in summer.

        A. enjoy to swim           B. enjoy swimming

        C. enjoyed to swim         D. enjoyed swimming

(   )12. —Who is ____?   —This is  Mary speaking.

        A. this      B. you     C. that      D. he

(   )13. In our  village it is ____ hot in  July.

         A. very much    B. much too   C. too much   D. many too

(   )14. Sorry , I ____ you about it.

        A. forget to tell          B. forget telling

        C. forgot to  tell          D. forgot telling

(   )15. The best time __ to come to  China is in  spring or in  autumn.

        A. come       B. came      C. coming      D. to come

(   )16. She rings up  his father ____ the telephone.

      A. in     B. at     C. on    D. to

四、句型转换:8%

 1. She did  the work yesterday afternoon. (改为一般疑问句)

   _______ she _______ the work yesterday afternoon ?

 2. Jim and  his friends went to  help the furmers. (划线提问)

   _______ _______ Jim and his  friend _______ to help ?

 3. Jim is  from England. (同上)  _______ is Jim from?

 4. He was  ill yesterday so  he didn' t go  to school. (同上)

   _______ _______ he go to  school ?

 5. There' s a  lot of snow today. (同义句替代)

    It' s _______ _______.

 6. The rain was  very heavy last night. (同上)

   It _______ _______ last night.

 7. What a  delicious cake ! (同上)    _______ _______ the  cake is !

 8. Summer lasts three months in  the USA. (同2)

    _______ _______ does summer last in  the USA.

五、介词填空:12%

 1. It' s not  very good ______ the moment.

 2. Jim , you must look ______ your brother. He' s young.

 3. —Thank you ______ telling me  the news.  —Not ______ all.

 4. The weather is  very cold ______ winter.

 5. It' s very cold ______ this time ______ year ______ America.

 6. Autumn last ______ August ______ October in  China.

 7. She was  born ______ Marth 4th , 1987.

 8. In much ______ Chian , spring is  very short.

六、改错:5%

(   )1. He never works in a  hospital , doesn' t he ?

            A     B   C               D

(   )2. It' s cold. You' d better putting on  the coat.

            A       B         C           D

(   )3. The sun shines bright.

       A    B    C     D

(   )4. Would you  like come to  my supper.

         A         B   C            D

(   )5. In autumn the  leaves (叶子) turn to  brown.

       A    B           C               D

 七、根据所提供的情景, 选择所给的句子完成下列对话.每句用一次.10%

 a. It' s a  pleasure.       b. Thank you        c. The same to  you.

 d. It doesn' t matter.    e. No , thank you.    f. Yes , that' s right.

 g. What about you?     h. Here you are.     i. Yes , please.

 j. Thank you  all the same.

 1. —I' m going to  Ann' s party. ____?

   —I' m afraid. I  can' t because I  have a lot  of work to  do.

 2. —Happy birthday !     —____.

 3. —Happy New  Year.    —____.

 4. —Sorry , I don' t know that. You' d better ask  our teacher. —___.

 5. —Thanks a  lot for giving Lucy the  message for me  —____.

 6. —Would you  like some more food?  —____. I' m full.

 7. —I' m afraid I  can' t go to  the cinema with you.  —____.

 8. —Would you  like another piece of  meat?

   —____. Thank you  very much.

 9. —May I  have some fish , please?   —Sure! ____.

 10. —Our class starts at  half past seven , doesn' t it ?  —____.

八、阅读理解:5%

Boys or  Girls

     A lot of  boys and girls in  western (西方的) countries are  wearing the same kinds of  clothes , and many of  them have long hair , so it' s aften difficult (困难的) to tell wether (是否) they are boys or  girls.

     One day an  old man went for  a walk in  the park in  Washington (华盛顿) , and when he  was tired (疲劳), he sat down on  a chair by  a lake. A  young person (人) was standing on  the other side of  the lake.

    “Oh,”the old  man said to  the  person sitting next to  him on the  chair.“Do  you  see that person with the  pants (宽裤) and long hair ? Is  it a boy  or a girl ?”

    “A girl ,”said his  neighbour.“She' s my  daughter.”

    “Oh ,”the old  man said quickly.“Please forgive me.  I didn' t know that you  were her mother.”“I' m not ”said the  other person.“I' m her father.”

(   )1. What did  the man see  on the other side of  the lake?

       A. A girl    B. A boy     C. A young person    D. A man

(   )2. Is it  a boy or  a girl ?“it”in this sentence means ____.

       A. he      B. she      C. that person     D. the lake

(   )3. The meaning of“forgive”is ____.

       A. 忘记      B. 责备    C. 放弃    D. 原谅

(   )4. The old  man thought his  neighbour (邻居) was ____.

       A. a woman      B. a man     C. a girl     D. a boy

(   )5. The old  man took his  neighbour for the  girl' s mother because        his neighbour ____.

       A. wore a skirt          B. had a beautiful face

       C. had long hair         D. was shy

 初二英语抽考试卷

 一、找出划线部分读音不同的单词:10%

 (   )1. A. w or k      B. w or se      C. doct or     D. w or ld

 (   )2. A. pre s ent    B.  s trong    C. i s         D. the s e

 (   )3. A. t al k       B. t a ll        C.  al ways    D. c a ll

 (   )4. A. nor th      B. sou th      C. bir th day   D. wea th er

 (   )5. A. help ed     B. answer ed   C. listen ed    D. stay ed 

 二、词汇:10%

     (一)根据句子意思,用适当的词填空:5%

  1. Please call me  tomorrow. My _________ number is .

  2. Last week my  father bought a  new watch as  my birthday ________.

  3. It is  very hot in  summer. It' s ________ to wear cool clothes.

  4. The temperature will ________ above zero in  the day-time.

  5. In autumn the  days  get shorter and  the nights get ________.

     (二)根据括号内汉语意思,完成下列句子:5%

  1. Will you _______ _______ (等候) me at the  bus stop?

  2. Spring in  England can last from _______ _______(三月底) to May.

  3. It is  cold today , but it  is going to  be warmer _______ _______(过后).

  4. _______ _______(天气预报) for the next twenty-four hours.

  5. The flowers start to _______ _______ (开花) in spring.

 三、选择题:30%

 (   )1. What would you  like _____ now?

       A. play      B. playing     C. to play    D. for playing

 (   )2. There ____ an English party this Saturday.

       A. is going to  have         B. is going to  be

       C. are going to  have        D. are going to  be

 (   )3. Picking apples is _____ hard work.

       A. a      B. an     C. one      D. /

 (   )4. Your sister went to  the park last week , _____?

       A. wasn' t she         B. did she    

       C. didn' t she          D. does she

 (   )5. They visited our  school and we  visited _____.

        A. them      B. they      C. their      D. theirs

 (   )6. Who called me  this morning?   _____ was your mother.

       A. That      B. This      C. She       D. It

 (   )7.“She isn' t a  student , is she?” “_____. She  is a teacher.”

        A. Yes , she isn' t.          B. No , she is.

        C. Yes , she is.             D. No , she isn' t.

 (   )8. What a _____ wind! It' s blowing _____.

        A. strong , strongly             B. strong , strong

        C. strongly , strong              D. strongly , strongly

 (   )9. Usually in  winter there' s _____ ice in the  north.

        A. little      B. many      C. too much      D. much too

 (   )10. In _____ of China , spring is  usually very short.

         A. much       B. many     C. few      D. little

 (   )11. Can you  see _____ moon in _____ day time?

        A. the , the    B. the , a     C. a , the      D. a , /

 (   )12. Who has _____ dumplings , Li Lei  or Zhao Hua?

         A. the fewest     B. fewer     C. less      D. many

 (   )13. —Why did  you come here so  late?

        —Sorry. I _____ the bus.

        A. missed      B. caught      C. took      D. got on

 (   )14. Tai Wan  is _____ the east of  China.

         A. at         B. in        C. on       D. to

 (   )15. Father and  I often get  up at six. So _____ my motheer.

        A. is      B. gets     C. does      D. did

 (   )16. Will you  make me a  plane ? _____.

         A. I' m glad                    B. I' ll be glad

         C. I' m going to  be glad         D. I' ll  be glad to

 (   )17. Excuse me , may I  ask you a  question?  Yes. _____.

        A. You ask                  B. Anything else

        C. What is wrong            D. What is it

 (   )18. May I  borrow your ruler? _____.

        A. Never mind        B. Yes , here it to  you

        C. Yes , it is here      D. Yes , here you are

 (   )19. I think you  are a good student . _____

        A. No , I' m not.           B. It' s very kind of  you to say  so

        C. No , I don' t think so    D. That' s all right

 (   )20. How did  you go to  the zoo? _____

      A. I liked it            B. I had  a present

      C. By bike             D. Many people were there

 四、按括号内的要求改写句子,每格一个单词:10%

  1. There was  a lot of  sunshine yesterday. (同义转换)

     It was _______ _______ yesterday.

  2. There is  a book  on  the desk. (改为复数)

    There are  a _______ _______ on the desk.

  3. Kate read the  book. (变反意疑问句)

    Kate read the  book , ________ _______?

  4. The dumplings are  delicious. (改为感叹句)

    _______ _______ the dumplings are.

  5. The students worked  very  hard  on the  farm. (划线提问)

     _______ ______ the  students work on  the farm?

 五、口语运用:10%

 (   )1. ①And what' s the  date today?

       ②Excuse me.  What day is  it today?

       ③It' s June 1st.        ④It' s  Saturday.

       ⑤Oh , it' s Children' s Day. I' ll take my  son to the  park.

        A. ②③①④⑤   B. ①③②④⑤  C. ①③⑤②④   D. ②④①③⑤

 (   )2. ①How do you  know?      ②Yes , it' s bad  now.

        ③No , it won' t. I  think it' ll get  better soon.

       ④Will it  last long?    ⑤What bad weather! I  don' t like the  rain.

        A. ④③⑤②①   B. ⑤②④③①   C. ⑤④②③①    D. ①②④③⑤

 (   )3. ①Could you see  any good apples on  the tree?

       ②Yes. Don' t worry.     

       ③Yes. Behind you! Can  you reach them?

       ④Are  you holding the  ladder , Bill?

       ⑤Oh , I can  see them. But  I can' t reach them.

       A. ④⑤②①③   B. ①②③④⑤   C. ①③⑤②④    D. ④②①③⑤

 (   )4. ①Hello! This is Tom  speaking. Can I  speak to Bill?

       ②Well. Could you  ask him to  call me back?

       ③Sure.   ④See you later.    ⑤I' m afraid he' s out.

        A. ①②③④⑤   B. ①②⑤④③   C. ④②⑤①③   D. ①⑤②③④

 (   )5. ①Can I take a  bus?

       ②Go  down this street , and take the  second turning on  the left.

       ③Excuse me , which is  the way to  Putian Hospital?

       ④Of  course. You can  take the No. 2 bus.

       ⑤Thanks a  lot.

       A. ④⑤③②①   B. ③②①④⑤   C. ①③②④⑤    D. ③②④①⑤

 六、从下列七个单词中选择5个,并用适当的形式填空:10%

 clean , fall , do , close , say , be , have

     Good morning , boys and  girls. I have something to  tell you. This morning we ________ four classes. This afternoon , we are  going to do  some ________ after  school. The radio ________ it will be  windy at  night , so don' t forget ________ the doors and  windows. The temperature _______ below zero tomorrow morning. Please remember to  put on more warm clothes.

 七、根据图画内容,在下列短文的空格内填入适当的单词,使短文完整、正确、通顺(每个空格限填一个单词)。10%

     It is _______ the  first today. 

 Li  Ming  doesn' t go  to school. 

 His _______ don' t need to go to 

 work , either. What are  they doing 

 now ? Look! Li  Ming' s father is

 _______ a _______.  His mother 

 is _______ some _______, and Li 

 Ming  himself is ________ to the ________. He  wants to know the  weather in the  afternoon. He' s going to  play _______ if it is _______.

 八、完形填空:10%

     Some people have very good memories (记忆力) and can easily learn quite long poems (诗歌) by heart. Other people have 1___ memories and  can only 2___ things when they have said them 3___ and over again.

     A good 4___ is a  great help in  5___ a language (语言). Everybody learns 6___ own language 7___ remembering what he  hears 8___ he is  a small child. Some children , like those who  live abroad (国外) with their parents , seem to  learn two languages as  9___ as they do  one. In school it  is not so  easy for pupils to  learn a second language because they have very 10___ time for  it.

     Memory is like a  diary that we  keep every day.

 (   )1. A. ill    B. poor     C. badly    D. rich

 (   )2. A. remember   B. find      C. forget      D. know

 (   )3. A. for         B. twice     C. over      D. once

 (   )4. A. student      B. child      C. teacher    D. memory

 (   )5. A. learning      B. knowing  C. doing     D. having

 (   )6. A. their         B. his        C. my       D. your

 (   )7. A. from         B. about     C. of        D. by

 (   )8. A. since         B. if         C. when    D. before

 (   )9. A. carefully      B. easily      C. early     D. slowly

 (   )10. A. little         B. a little     C. few      D. a few

 九、阅读理解: 20%

 A

 In  England , people often talk about the  weather because they can  experience (经历) four seasons  in  one day. In  the morning the  weather is warm just like in  spring. An hour later black clouds come and  then it rains hard. The  weather gets a  little cold. In  the late afternoon the  sky will be  sunny , the sun will begin to  shine , and it will be  summer at this time of  a day.

 In  England , people can also have summer in  winter , or have winter in  summer. So in  winter they can  swim sometimes , and in  summer sometimes they should take warm clothes.

 When  you go to  England , you will see  that some English people usually take an  umbrella (伞) or a  raincoat with them in  the sunny morning , but you  should not laugh at  them.

 If  you don' t take an  umbrella or a  raincoat , you will regret (后悔) later in the  day.

 (   )1. Why do  people in England often talk about the  weather?

     A. Because they may  have four seasons in  one day.

     B. Because they often have very good weather.

     C. Because the weather is  warm just like in  spring.

     D. Because the sky  is sunny all  day.

 (   )2. From the  story we know that _____ come and  then there is  a              heavy rain.

      A. sunshine and snow         B. black clouds

      C. summer and winter         D. spring and autumn

 (  )3.“Peple can  also have summer in winter.”means “I is                      sometimes too _____ in winnter.”

      A. warm       B. cool      C. cold      D. rainy

 (   )4. In the  sunny morning some English people usually take a                  raincoat or an  umbrella with them because _____.

      A. their friends ask  them to do  so

      B. it often rains in  England

      C. they are going to  sell them

       D. they are their favourite things

 (   )5. The best title (标题) for this passae is _____.

     A. Bad seasons                   B. Summer or Winter

     C. The Weather in  England        D. Strange English People

 B

 What  a fine day! The  sun is shining and  everything looks bright. Can  you feel the  heat (热) when you  stand in the  sun? The sun  gives the heat from very far  away. It is  hard to believe that the  sun is about one  hundred and fifty million kilometres away. The  sun looks small because it  is so far  from us , but its  really very huge.

 The  earth moves round the  sun. It takes one  year for the  earth to go  around the sun. And  at the same time the  earth itself is  spinning (自转) around once evern twenty-four hours.

 The  sun gives us  light. It keeps us  warm. It makes things grow. Plants , animals and  people need the  sun. We can  not live without it.

 (   )1. The sun  looks small because its _____.

     A. about one hundred and  fifty million metres away from us

     B. very far away from the  earth

     C. not very huge              D. next to us

 (   )2. The earth goes round the  sun _____.

     A. twice a year            B. twlve times a  yeaar

     C. once a year             D. four times a  year

 (   )3. It takes the  earth _____ hours to spin around twice.

     A. twice      B. twenty0-four    C. thirty-six    D. forty-eight

 (   )4. The sun  gives us _____.

     A. heat and light          B. light   

     C. heat                   D. bright twelve hours

 (   )5. The sun  makes _____ grow.

     A. plants                B. animals

     C. people                D. plants , animals and people

 初二英语练习卷

 一、找出划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词:5%

 (   )1. A. photo s       B. bag s       C. make s      D. ha s

 (   )2. A. need ed       B. play ed     C. turn ed     D. carri ed

 (   )3. A. san d wich    B.  d esk       C.  d ry        D. stu d ent

 (   )4. A.  al ways       B.  al so       C. s al t        D. b al l

 (   )5. A. ph o to        B. t o night    C. t o mato    D. p o tato 

 二、根据句意填入适当的词:10%

  1. Could ylu ________ the telephone.

  2. But there were not ________ people to  pick them.

  3. Evering begins to ________ in spring.

  4. It' s very ________ from Australia at  this time of  year.

  5. Summer ________ ________ spring.

  6. It' s going to  be warmer ________ on.

  7. We have ________ sunshine every day!

  8. I can  wear it ________ my new  hat.

  9. ________ of North and  South China will have a  cold wet day.

 三、选择填空:15%

 (   )1. Your sister went to  the park last week , _____?

     A. wasn' t she     B. did she     C. didn' t she     D. does she

 (   )2. —What are  you doing?

       —I' m _____ the child , He should be  back for lunch now.

     A. looking                 B. looking up    

     C. looking for              D. looking after

 (   )3. There' s _____ ice in the  north.

     A. few      B. many     C. too much     D. much too

 (   )4. It' s raining very __ now. Would you  like to close the  window?

      A. heavy       B. heavier       C. heaviest      D. heavily

 (   )5. _____ nice weather it  is!

     A. what a       B. How a       C. What      D. How

 (   )6. Don' t forget _____ tell him.

     A. on      B. at      C. for     D. to

 (   )7. She is  in Class One. So _____.

     A. am I      B. I am     C. is she      D. is it

 (   )8. There isn' t _____ milk in  the bottle.

     A. some      B. any     C. no    D. little

 (   )9. I' m glad to  meet you here. _____.

     A. It' s you    B. The same to  you      C. Me too    D. All same

 (   )10. It' ll _____ 10 minutes to  do the work.

      A. spend      B. takes      C. take      D. cost

 (   )11. The cloud is _____. The  sun is coming out.

      A. falling      B. lifting      C. lefting      D. backing

 (   )12. Weather report _____ the next twenty-four hours.

     A. for       B. in       C. of       D. about

 (   )13. Please _____ the TV.

      A. turn on      B. drne     C. open     D. turns on

 (   )14. The radio _____ the snow will stop later.

      A. says      B. tells     C. speaks      D. say

 (   )15. I was  born _____ July 1st , 1975.

     A. in      B. on     C. at      D. by

 四、句型转换:16%

  1. These apples are  red. (改为反意问句)

     These apples are  red , __________?

  2. I got  up at six  this morning. He got  up at six , too. (同义转换)

    So _______ _______.

  3. His bike is  nice. (改为感叹句)

    _______ _______ the watch is!

    _______ _______ _______ watch  it is!

  4. Shall we  go out for  a walk?

    _______ _______ going out for  a walk?

  5. I have much work to  do.

    I have _______ _______ _______ work to  do.

  6. It' s  February 28th  today. (划线提问)

     _______ _______ _______ today?

 五、看图填空:10%

  1. A: What' s the _______ _______?

    B: It' s _______.

  2. A: Which _______ do you  like best.

     _______, _______, _______, or _______?

   B: I think I  like _______ best.

   A: Why?

   B: Well , I like _______ in the  river.

 六、用所给动词的适当形式填空:14%

  1. I like _______ (read) books. Now  I would like _______ (speak) to            my friend.

  2. There _______ (be) some birds in  the tree. When we  looked up.

  3. The ice  is so thin. You' d better ____________ (not play) on it.

  4. Can pick __________ (speak) a little chinese now ?

  5. Look , the wind __________ (blow) strongly.

  6. Two hnours ago. Bruce _______ (come) here. _______ (ask) you to          his party. He ________ (want) you _______ (ring) him.

  7. The rain _______ (be) very heavy lart night.

  8. Let him _______ (go) to see  the film with us.

  9. He _______ (spend) much of  his time on  English.

  10. It' s winter now. It' s _______ (get) colder and  colder.

 七、完型填空:12%

 Mr  Jones and Mr  Brown worked in  the same 1___. One  day Mr Jones 2___ to Mr  Brown ,“We are  going to 3___ a small party at  our house 4___ Wednesday evening. Will you  and your wife come?”

 Mr  Brwon said ,“Thank you very much. That is  very kind of  you. We are  5___ that evening. I  think , but I will telephone my  wife and ask  her. Perhaps she  wants to go  some-where that 6___.”So Mr  Brown went to  7___ room and telephone. When he  came back. he  looked very surprised (惊讶).“What' s the matter?”said Mr  Jones,“Did you  8___ to your wife?”

 “No,”answered Mr  Brown,“she wasn' t there. my  son answered the  9___. I said to  him , ‘Is your mother there David?’and he  answered,‘No , she is  not in the  house.’10___ is she  then?‘she is  some where outside’11___ is she doing?‘she 12___me!’”

 (   )1. A. room     B. office      C. desh      D. bus

 (   )2. A. said       B. told       C. spoke    D. talked

 (   )3. A. get        B. take       C. make    D. have

 (   )4. A. next       B. last        C. in       D. at

 (   )5. A. busy       B. clever      C. free      D. happy

 (   )6. A. morning   B. ofternoon   C. evening  D. season

 (   )7. A. other       B. the other   C. my      D. their

 (   )8. A. say        B. tell         C. talk      D. speak

 (   )9. A. phone      B. question    C. letter     D. words

 (   )10. A. When     B. Why       C. Where    D. What

 (   )11. A. When      B. What       C. Where    D. Why

 (   )12. A. looked for               C. looks for

        C. is going to  look for       D. is looking for  

 八、根据短文,填入所缺单词:10%

 Tomorrow North China will be _______. But  the cloud will lift tomorrow evening. There will be  a north ________. The ________ will be  4 to 15℃ In  Xingjiang there will be  a strong wind. There will be  a heavy _______ tomorrow night. The  temperture  will _______ below zero. But  the snow will not  last long.

 To  the south of  the Yellow Kiver _______ will be  a north west wrnd. It  will be cloudy , too.

 South china will be _______ , but the  rain will _______ later on.  The sun will _______ our. The  temperature will be _______ 25℃.

 九、阅读理解:

 The  Importance (重要性) of the  sun

 What  a fine day! The  sun is shining and  everything looks bright. Can  you feel the  heat when you  stand in the  sun? The sun  gives the  heat from very far  away. It' s hard to  beliele. that the  sun is about one  hundred and fifty million kilometres away. The  sun looks small because it  is so far  from us. but  it' s really very huge.

 The  earth  wicles the  sun. It takes one  year for the  earth to go  wround the sun. And  at the same time the  earth itself is  spinning (转) around once every twenty-four hours.

 The  sun gives us  light. It keeps us  warm. It makes things grow. Plants animals and  people need the  sun. We can' t live without the  sun.

 判断正误,正确用“T”,错误用“F”:

 (   )1. On a  fine day everything is  bright because the  sun is shining.

 (   )2. The sun  gives us heat and  light.

 (    )3. It' s about 150 , 000 , 000 kilometres from the  earth to the  sun.

 (   )4. In fact the  sun isn' t very big  because it' s too  far away from us.

 (   )5. It takes the  earth 24 hours to  go around the  sun.

 (   )6. We can' t live without the  sun because all  the living things on             the earth depend on  the sun.

第二十三单元作业设计

 一、找出下列每组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的一个单词:

 (   ) 1. visit or        A. n or th      B.  a r ou nd     C. h u rt      D. p or ridge

 (   ) 2. any th ing     A. bro th er    B.  th an       C. wi th       D. bir th day

 (   ) 3. c ou ntry      A. h u sband    B. ar on nd     C. t ow n      D. s ou th

 (   ) 4. J u ne        A. q u eue      B. st u dent    C. n oo dle    D.  u sually

 (   ) 5. cr o ss        A. st o p       B. als o        C. wr o te      D. ph o ne

 (   ) 6. underst oo d  A. f oo d       B. c oo k       C. sch oo l    D. z oo

 (   ) 7. h i t          A. l i ne       B.  i nteresting   C. ton i ght   D.n i nth

 (   ) 8. c are          A. h air       B.  are          C. f ar        D.  ear

 (   ) 9. m o st         A. c o me     B. sn ow        C. forg ot     D. ab o ve

 (   ) 10. w a ter       A.  a nything  B. w a tch       C. wh a t      D. f a ll

 二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式。

  1. easily (形容词)___________   2. think (过去式)_____________

  3. understand(过去式)___________ 4. care (副词)____________

  5. please (形容词)__________   6. hurt (过去式)___________

  7. twelve (序数词)_________    8. interesting (名词)___________

  9. teach (过去式)__________    10. near (副词)______________  

 三、汉译英:

  1. 过马路:___________________ 2. 排队:___________________

  3. 等某人做某事:________________________

  4. 等着轮到你:__________________  5. 嘲笑:________________

  6. 在访问某处:__________________

  7. 排在队头:________________________

  8. 为上学做准备__________________________

  9. 在路上玩耍:_________________________

  10. 从乡下来:___________________

 四、选择填空:

 (   ) 1. The old  woman wene to  London _____ her daughter.

        A. visit         B. to visit       C. visited       D. visiting    

 (   ) 2. She ____ the boy  was a queue  jumper.

        A. hoped      B. talked        C. thought      D. spoke

 (   ) 3. If you  are ill, you ____see  the  doctor.

        A. must       B. would        C. can't         D. go

 (   ) 4. I don't feel very well today. My  head ______ badly.

        A. hurts       B. is            C. was          D. hurt

 (   ) 5. If he  ______get up early tomorrow, he'll be  late.

        A. doesn't      B. won't        C. isn't          D. don't

 (   ) 6. You mustn't play _____football in  the street.

        A. an          B. a            C. the          D. /

 (   ) 7. If  you look___ befor you  cross the road , you will be  safe.

        A. care        B. careful       C. carefully      D. more careful

 (   ) 8. I am  very ____ to see  your friend.

        A. happil      B. please        C. pleased       D. be pleased

 (   ) 9. Are you  going to ______ a visit to  New York?

        A. on        B. take       C. be        D. pay

 (   ) 10. Does your father like bo  live_____?

        A. in city   B. in the  country  C. in country  D. at the  country

 (   ) 11. It is  wrong of you  to laugh _____ people.

        A. at others   B. in other    C. at other      D. in another

 (   ) 12. Mum, I am  not feeling very _____ today.

        A. well        B. good       C. happily        D. better

 (   ) 13. Did the  teacher say _____ about this book?

        A. something  B. anything    C. everything    D. nothing

 (   ) 14. The students are  waiting for the  teacher____.

        A. comes      B. come       C. coming       D. to come

 (   ) 15. Don't play on  the road. a car  may _____ you.

        A. hits        B. hitting      C. hit           D. to hit

 (   ) 16. Take_____. It's too _____to cross.

        A. care …danger           B. careful …dauger

        C. carefully …dangerous    D. care …dangerous

 (   ) 17. She is ______ to go  shopping with us.

        A. to busy    B. so busy   C. very busy    D. too busy

 (   ) 18. China is  one of ____ in the  world.

        A. the biggest country      B. the biggest countries

       C. bigger country           D. biggest countries

 (   ) 19. Liu Mei  helped the old  woman to find the  hospital ____.

        A. at the last     B. in the last   C. at last    D. in last

 (   ) 20. The pen  ____ in  your pencil-box.

        A. maybe        B. may be      C. mustn't    D. may is

 (   ) 21. "I must go. Bye. " "Bye! It was  nice _____to you."

        A. to talking     B. to talk       C. talking    D. talks

 五、介词填空:

   1. Please write your telephone number and  address ____this  piece            of paper.

   2. Can you  tell me the  way ____ the bus  station?

   3. He will go  to Beijing ____ the end  of this month.

   4. ____the way, what's your name?

   5. He met  a friend of  his ____his way  to bhe garden.

   6. Jim is ____a visit to  Beijing.

   7. Can you  show me a  hotel nearest ____ the station?

   8. He comes to  visit me ____times.

   9. ____the head of  the queue was  a young girl.

   10. They are  standing ____line.

 六、用所给连词合并下列各句:

   1. The traffic must stop. The lights are  red. (when)

   2. You are  hungry. You must get  something to eat. (when)

   3. You don't know. You can  ask your teacher.(if)

   4. It will be  fine tomorrow. We shall go  shopping.(if)

   5. I won't get  up early in  the morning. I'll be  late for school. (if)

   6. She thought hard. She began to  write. (before)

   7. I wash my  face and have breakfast. I get  up. (after)

   8. Liu Mei  was late for  film. She took the  old woman to  the 

     hospital. (because)

 七、句型变换:

   1. In England they call this line  a  quere. (划线提问)

   2. She wanted to  see the doctor  because her  back hurt. (划线提问)

   3. I'd like to  take the one   in the  right. (划线提问)

   4. I think he   is waiting for  you   now. (划线提问)

   5. You can  cross the road  when  the lights are  red. (划线提问)

   6. You had  better go swomming with your friends. (改为否定句)

   7. She felt worried. (改为否定句)

   8. The garden looks very beautiful. (改为感叹句)

 八、用所给动词的适当形式填空:

   do, wait, let, finish, have, catch, be,  go, hurt, cross

   1. There ________(may) sombody waiting for  her outside the  door.

   2. If I  have more tickets, I_________you have one.

   3. I didn't know the  answer, so I______to go  and adk the  teahcher.

   4. On  Sundays, we usually _____some jwashing and  cleaning.

   5. Her back _____, so she  went to see  the doctor yesterday.

   6. He will lend you  his pencil ad  soon as he __________his maths           exercises.

   7. Look, some girls __________for a  bus over there.

   8. If you  want to get  there on time, you'd better_____the earliest             bus.

   9. _____you _______ fishing yesterday afternoon?

   10. It is  very dangerous ________ the street now.

 九、改病句:

   (  )1. _____ You  can  find many  people   in  the  doctor  waiting room.

                    A              B    C       D

   (  )2. _____ You  may  not   go  swimming   in  the deep water.

                      A          B       C   

               It is very  dangerors.

                           D

   (  )3. _______ You  must  never  'jump the  quere'. You  must  stand  

                             A                        B

        in line  and  wait  your turn.

         C              D

   (   )4. _______  I'm  not  going  to  say   something   at  the meeting.

                    A            B       C     D

   (  )5. _______ Mother came  last  night   and   took  me soem  bread.

                                 A      B    C             D

   (  )6. _______ How  many   classes   did  he  has  yesterday afternoon?

                        A     B    C      D

   (  )7. _______ Who  is  the man   sitting   nearest   at  the door?

                      A           B      C    D

   (  )8. _______ Her address  maybe   in   one  of your  pockets.

                               A    B  C             D

   (  )9. _______  A  Indian  came intothe  waithing  room, and walked  

                    A                    B

          quickly  to the   doctor's  door.

            C             D

   (  )10. _______  what  a    fine  weather we   have   today!

                      A    B               C    D  

 十、用情态动词完成下列对话:

   1. A: _______I finish my  homework now?

      B: No, you ________. You ________do  it tomorrow.

   2. A: This pencil is  very short,_______you still use  it?

      B: No, I_____. You ______buy  one for me.

   3. A: ______I go  out and play basketball, Mum?

      B:No, you _______finish your homework first.

   4. A: _________ I play foothall in  the street?

      B: No, you _______.

第二十四单元作业设计

 一、找出下列每组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的一个单词:

 (   ) 1. t i dy       A. t i ger      B. afr ai d      C.an i mal       D. Apr i l

 (   ) 2. pr o blem   A. radi o      B. ar ou nd     C. cr o ss       D. seas o n

 (   ) 3. inst ea d    A. gr ea t      B. sp ea k      C. t ea ch       D. h ea lthy

 (   ) 4. r ou nd     A. w ou ld    B. b ou ght     C. c ou nt       D. c ou ntry

 (   ) 5. visit ed     A. tir ed      B. land ed      C. play ed       D. laugh ed

 (   ) 6. b a by      A. f a t       B. a nything    C. m a tter       D. mist a ke

 (   ) 7. w a shing   A. w a ter     B. husb a nd    C. undrst a nd   D. w a nt

 (   ) 8. tid y        A. sk y       B.  y es        C. bus y         D. cr y

 (   ) 9. gard en     A. larg e      B. probl e m    C. r e st         D. pock e t

 (   ) 10. u s ually A. mi s take  B. hu s band C. plea s ure  D. me ss age

 二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

   1. tidy (比较级 )_________   2. baby ( 复数)_________

   3. fat (反义词)___________ 4. wash (第三人称单数)___________

   5. cry (现在分词)_________  6. tidy (过去式)__________

   7. little(最高级)_________   8. thin(最高级)______________

   9. round (同义词)_______    10. tired (比较级)________________

 三、汉译英:

   1. 整理房间:__________________  2. 帮助某人做某事:__________

   3. 呆在家里:__________________

   4. 每五分钟:_________________

 

  5. 保持房间的整洁:____________________

   6. 没问题:_________________

   7.帮忙洗衣服:___________________________

   8. 仔细检查某人:_________________

   9. 感到疲劳:_______________

   10. 多参加运动:____________________

 四、选择填空:

 (   ) 1. I sometines play ___ football after schooll.

        A. /            B. a          C. an          D. the

 (   ) 2. It took him  more than a  year _____ to draw a  beautiful horse             in five minutes.

        A. learning      B. learned     C. to learn      D. to learning

 (   ) 3. After carrying water I  felt________.

        A. tried         B. tired        C. good        D. tiring

 (   ) 4. I have to  wash _______ clothes after school.

        A. every        B. each        C. all the       D. the all

 (   ) 5. The doctor looked ______ my mother very carefully.

        A. to           B. of          C. at            D. over

 (   ) 6. We must keep our  classroom______.

        A. dirty         B. clean and tidy  C. cleanly   D. easily

 (   ) 7. What do  you do ____the house when you  are at home?

        A. round        B. at          C. over         D. on

 (   ) 8. It's very kind of  you to help me ____my English.

        A. learning       B. with      C. to        D. on

 (   ) 9. ____to catch the  easrly bus?

        A. Have you                B. Do you have 

       C. Does he has              D. Did you had

 (   ) 10. Can you  give me the  answer ____ this question?

        A. of           B. on         C. at        D. to

 (   ) 11. I ____my pen  everywhere but I  didn't ____it.

        A. looked after …find         B.looked for …find

        C. foundl …look after         D. foun…look for

 (   ) 12. ____you tell me  where our teacher is?

        A. Can        B. May        C. Must      D. Have to

 (   ) 13. At last the  doctor said, "There's nothing ____you."

        A. ill about                  B. bad with  

       C. wrong to                 D. wrong with

 (   ) 14. Do you  know how much meat ____in the  fridge?

        A. are there                B. there are

       C. is there                 D. there is

 (   ) 15. He ____ to bed  until he finis hes  his homework.

        A. goes        B. won't go   C. didn't go   D. isn't go

 (   ) 16. If you  do that, you'll soon feel_______.

        A. much healthier           B. much healthy

       C. enough healthy           D. more healthier

 (   ) 17. You had  better ______the food ______.

        A. work …good             B. made …hot 

        C. to get …cold            D. keep … hot

 (   ) 18. There are _____days in  a month than there are  in a year.

        A. many         B. more      C. fewer        D. less

 (   ) 19. You may ______go to  see the doctor.

        A. must         B. had to     C. has to       D. have to

 (   ) 20. She goes to  see her aunt_____.

        A. every three day            B. each three day

        C. every three days           D. three every days

 五、将下列各句改为否写句、疑问句,并作肯定、否定回答:

   1. He has  to go to  school early today.

   2. she has  to  help with the  washing.

   3. You have to  tidy the garden every three days.

   4. They had  to help the  farmers with the  apple harvest.

   5. We had  to climb up  the trees with ladders.

   6. I have to  look after the  baby.

 六、句型变换:

   1. I have to  sit down and  rest  every five minutes.

   2. He had  to  find  out the answer.

   3. I mean  you  eat too much food.

   4. They talked and  laughed  happily. 

   5. The students are  all working very hard.(改为感叹句)

   6. Don't answer the  question. You think it  over. (用before 联成一句)

   7. You are  free. You had better go  with us.(用if 联成一句)

   8. She had  to stay at  home. She was ill.(用because 联成一句)

   9. The baby went to sleep. His mother came back.(用after联成一句)

   10. I come to  school early. He comes to  school very early.

 (用比较级联成一句)

 七、用情态动词can, may, must, 和can't, mustn't填空

   1. _____ I have a  look at your photo?

   2. ____ your sister play the  piano?

    Yes. she ____. she is  a good player.

   3. The baby is  sleeping. We________talk  so loud.

   4. Please write it  clearly, I ______see it.

   5. My son____ write English now. But he ____speak a  little English.

   6. You _____study haveder than before.

   7. Where is  Tom going next week? He _____go to  London.

   8. When the  lights are red, the traffic _____stop.

   9. He'll come to  help you if  he_____.

   10. Little Tom  ______move this big  box.

 八、用所给动词的正确形式填空:

   1. I finished________(read) the book. You may_______(take) it away.

   2. We must ________(listen) to the  teacher in class.

   3. Look! The bus _____(come). Let's _________(hurry).

   4. I'm glad__________(hear) the  good news.

   5. I had  better _____(go) home now.

   6. The temperature _________(stay) above zero in  the day time               tomorow.

   7. Do you  enjoy________(water) the  trees in the  garden?

   8. When _______(be) you born? I _____(be) born in  1983.

   9. _____you_______(have) lunch at school or  at home last term?

   10. My father usually__________(watch) TV in  the evening. But he            _______(not watch) TV last night.

 九、用所给词的正确形式填空:

   1. I _______get up  at six in  the morning. (usual)

   2. Don't climb up  the tall tree. It's _________. (danger)

   3. He writes _________in his  class. (care)

   4. He can  do the work very_______.(good)

   5. Kate is  over there. These flowers are ________.(she)

   6. Many ________come to our  country every year. (visit)

   7. He runs ____________than I. (show)

 十、阅读理解:

 It  was evening. Mike had  done his homework, but Mary  was  still sitting at  the table.

 "What are  you doing?" asked Mike.

 "Algebra (代收). The answer won't come out." said Mary.

 "Let me  show you. "

 "No, I'll work it  out myself."

 "I'm going to  bed," said Mide angrily. "Here is  the  answer. Look, I've put  it on the  table." Mary  didn't even turn her  head. Mike got into the  bed and fell asleep. Mary worked for  a long time. She washed her  face in the  cold water and  again sat down at  the table. The answer to  the problem lay beside her. But Mary didn't want to  look at it.

 The  next day she  got an excellent mark (优秀分数) for algebra, and this didn't surprise anyone in  her class. But Mike knew very well what     'excellent' had cost her.

 (   ) 1. Mike had  done his lessons in  the evening, but Mary______.

        A. did          B. isn't        C. hadn't       D. has, too

 (   ) 2. Algebra was _______for Mary.

        A. easy        B. difficult       C. easily       D. difficultly

 (   ) 3. Mike _____and went to  bed.

        A. put the algebra book on  the table

        B. finished watching TV

       C. put the answer on  the table 

        D. washed his face in  the cold water

 (   ) 4. At last Mary ______.

        A. finished her homework all  by herself

        B. looked at the  answer

       C. was tired and  went to bed

       D. was sitting at  the table all  the night

初二英语 Unit 22—24

一、语音,选出发音不同与其它三项的选项:5分

(   ) 1. A. tired       B. hair      C. chair    D. wear

(   ) 2. A. machine   B. cheap    C. child    D. China

(   ) 3. A. volleyball   B. doctor   C. nothing  D. problenc

(   ) 4. A. some      B. this      C. sure     D. son

(   ) 5. A. address    B. husband  C. around   D. cabbage

二、根据句意,填入适当的单词:10分

1. You look ________. Go home and  have a rest.

2. Take enaugh _________or you  will get fatter and  fatter.

3. My mother was _________when she  heard the good news.

4. The story is  so__________that all of  us like it.

5. It is not _______to swim in  the river.

6. You must be  careful when you  ________the road.

7. My mother is  a doctor. She  works in a  big_________.

8. Do you know where Tom  lives ?

  Sorry. I don't have his___________.

9. She was in  the city to _______her daughter.

10. I have to  _________the garden. I may  come later.

三、选择填空: 20分

(   ) 1. They didn't leave ________the rain stopped.

       A. until       B. if      C. what time   D. when

(   ) 2. One of_____is in  English.

       A. my books           B. my book 

       C. the book            D. the my books

(   ) 3. Where are  the Americans? They are  ____to the                  clothing] factory. 

       A. visiting    B. in a visit   C. on a  visit  D. visited.

(   ) 4. Li Lei  has many Chinese____. They are  all ___to him.

       A. friends, friendly         B. friendly, friendly

       C. friend, friendly 

(   ) 5. In front of  the car ____some boys.

       A. was,      B. is       C. are        D. was.

(   ) 6. At two  o'clock I saw  the teacher____the school.

       A. come in   B. come into  C. come   D. came

(   ) 7. Will you  go swimming this ofternoon?

        No, I will go  skating_____.

       A. instead of swim.   B. instead of    C.instead

(   ) 8. If you  want to be  thinner, you have to  eat _______. 

       A. much food         B. less food   

       C. more food          D. a little food.

(   ) 9. We must take enough exercise and  keep ourselves___.

       A. health      B healthily     C . healthy

(   ) 10. What does your father do ____he is  at home.

       A. because    B. when    C. before    D. after.

(   ) 11. There was  no time____.

       A. to study   B. study    C. studied    D. studying

(   ) 12. Palian is_____the southeast of  Sheng Yang.

       A. in         B. on       C. to        D. around

(   ) 13. Liu mei  didn't wait for  their______.

       A. thank      B. thanks    C. to thank   D. thankful

(   ) 14. Mr Li  will go to  see you before he ___to America.

       A. will go     B. as      C. in      D. from

(   ) 15. "Would you  please help me  with my work"? "_____"

       A. Without problem.      B. No, problem 

       C. Not problem          D. No question.

(   ) 16. He is  ____of the two.

       A. tall       B. taller     C. tallest    D. the taller

(   ) 17. Mr brow felt tired 

       A. S+V     B. S+V+o     C. S+V+P

(   ) 18. "Are they twins" "I think _____".

       A. them     B. yes     C. so    D. right

(   ) 19. There are___in the  word "different " and__in  the word  

        " often"

       A. two fs, a f.        B. double f, an f 

       C. two fs,  an f      D. two fs, an f.

(   ) 20. Let the  old man ____he was  first.

       A. to get on   B. to get  up   C. get on  D. getting up

四、句型转换: 20分

1. Luay won't wash the  clothes, Lily will wash the  loches instead.

(同意转换)

  Lily will wash the  cloches ________ _________ ________.

2. The twins often help me  to study my  English. (同 1 )

  The twins often help me  ________ ________ __________.

3. She is so  young that she  can't go to school.(同 1 )

  She is _______ _______ _______ ________ to school.

4. When the rain stopped, he went out (同 1 )

  He _______ _______ ________ the rain stopped.

5. I rang him  after I got  home.(同 1 )

  I got  home _________I rang him.

 6. Turn left at  the third crossing. (同 1 )

   _________ _______ _________ ________on the left.

7. She has to  help her Mommy. (改为否定句)

  She _______ have to  help her Mommy.

8. The No. 72 bus  will take you  there.

  ________bus will take me  there?(划线提问)

五、用所给动词的正确时态填空:10分

1. It's far from here. you had  better ________(catch) a  bus.

2. He ______(hit) his head on  the tree yesterday.

3. If he ______(feel) better tomorrow morning, he_______(go) to 

  school.

4. I wasn't at  home. When she ______(come )back.

5. Look, how fast she _________(skate)!

6. Sometimes he _______(study) Japanese on the  radio.

7. There _______(be) an apple and  two books on  the desk.

8. Now he is  busy, he ______(come) here  later.

9. He _______(not finish) it until last week. 

六、看图填单词,第格一词:10分

You are  standing at A.

How do  you get to  No. 4 school              Road

Jack:______ ______which's_______                

______poad.______No. 4 school?  

Policeman:____ ______this road.                A 

_______ ______at the second turning, _____ ______you'll find it 

in front of  a shop.

七、完型填空:10分

It's easier to  go down hill than to   1   up hill, so it's easier to  fall into bad  habbits than into good   2   .

Bad habbit's do  not come    3    . They come little by  little without knowing their danger. School boys   4   pick up  litlle bad habbits in  school and on  the streets, When they   5   write their Lessons, they copy from their school mates. If they see  bigger boys smoking, they   6    want  to learn to  smoke. If they see  their friends gambling (赌博) They want to  gamble. When they get  bigger, the babits   7   stronger and  stronger. so that they can  no   8   get  rid of them. From copying. they learn to  steal, from gambling, they learn to  chent. At   9   , they become distrusted (不信任) by every. How necessany and  important it is  that we get  rid of the  bail habits in  the   10    !

(   ) 1. A. run      B. climb    C. come     D. fall

(   ) 2. A. ones    B. habit     C. thing      D. one

(   ) 3. A. slowly   B. quick    C. suddenly   D. by

(   ) 4. A. at last   B. like to   C. want to   D. first

(   ) 5. A. can      B. can't     C. often      D. will

(   ) 6. A. never    B. too      C. also       D. either

(   ) 7. A. become  B. are      C. seem      D. look

(   ) 8. A. idea     B. longer    C. time       D. way

(   ) 9. A. end      B. most     C. first       D. laot

(   ) 10. A. way    B. place      C. begirruing  D. school

八、阅读理解:15分

(1) Who's keac Mother?

Once there were two  women. They lived in  the same house and  they each had  a baby.One night. one  of the babies died. and its  mother took the  other woman's child and  put it in  her own bed  inrtead. The next moriny they had  a quarre (争吵) "No, this is my  child, The dead (死的) one is yours,"said the  other.

Each one  wanted the living (活的) baby, but no one  could tell whom the  liviny baby belonged (属于) to. so they went to  see king solomon. When the  king heard their story, he said, "Bring me  a knife. Cut (砍, 切) the child into two, and give each woman one  half," "That's very fair (公平), oh, wise (聪明的) king!" said the  dead child's mother.

"Give her  my child. Let it  be hers. but  don't kill(冻死) the child, oh. king" cried the other woman in  tears.(眼泪)

Then king solomon pointed (指着) to the woman in  tears, and said,"Give the  child to her, for she  is its mother."

(   ) 1. The two  women______.

       A. had a baby each.       B. had no living babies.

       C. had a dead baby each.  D. had two  babies each.

(   ) 2. The two  women _______.

       A. wanted the living baby   B. didn't like the  living baby

       C. were the living baby's mothers

       D. were not the  living baby's mother.

(  ) 3. When the  living baby's mother heard the  king's words, she

       said to him "_______."

       A. Please cut the  baby into two

       B. Please don't cut  it and give it  to her.

       C. Please give me  my child.  

       D. I don't like a  dead baby.

(   ) 4. The living baby ____at lart.

       A. went back to  its mother.

       B. went to the  dead baby's mother.

       C. was cut (被砍) into two.   D. lived with King.

(   ) 5. From the  story we can  see King solomon was  vevy____.

       A. clever      B. bad      C. foolish     D. cruol(残酷)

"Rain, No Game"

One day, a teacher came into his  classroom and said to  his students,," Today I want each of you  to write a  compositcon (作文) about yesterday's football match. I'm going to  take your compositions home with me, Now please start."

The students all  took out their pens and  exercise-books and began to  write. They all put  their hearts (心) into it. A few  seconds later, Tom, one of  the  boys, put up  his hand. The teacher was  very surprised and  asked," What is it, Tom?" "I've finished, sir, said the  boy."

"Well, hand me your work, " the teacher said, The boy  went to the  teacher and gave him  the exercise-book. The teacher opened it  and read, "Rain no  game!"

(   ) 1. Which of  the following is  true?

       A. It rained yesterday, so there was  no game.

       B. The teacher went to  watch the game yesterday.

       C. The teacher knew the  game very well.

       D. Tom went to  watch the game yesterday.

(   ) 2. "They all  put their hearts into it" means "____".

       A. The students all  took their pens.

       B. The students began to  write their composition very

          carefully.

       C. The students put  their hearts in  the exercise-books.

       D. The compositions were in  their hearts.

(   ) 3. Who put  up his hand? ______

       A. No one.      B. Everyone.    C. The teacher  D. Tom

(   ) 4. "Well, hand me your work " means "____"

       A. Help me with my  work.  B. Put your work here.

       C. Show me your composition 

       D. Give me your exercise-book

(   ) 5. The story shows that Tom  was _____.

       A. Lary (懒惰)but clever.    B. Lary ornd foolish

       C. good at writing a  composition

       D. foolish but not  lavy

(3) I had Eggs the  Day Before Yeterday

Jim was  not bad at  school. but he was  not clean. His face and  hands were always dirty (脏的) because he washed them with water only. He nerer used soap (肥皂).

Jim had  an aunt. One day  she went to  visit him. She looked at  Jim and said, "Jim, I can  tell What you  ate for breakfast this  morning"

Jim looked at  his aurnt and  said, "What cleil I  hare for break fast this morning?"

Jim looked at  his aunt and  said, "what did I  have for break fast this morning?"

"You had  eggs, " said his aunt. "Your face and  mouth tell me  that "

"Eggs" said Jim. "I didn't have eggs today. and I  didn't have eggs yesterday. I had  eggs the day  before yesterday."

(   ) 1. Jim ____at school

       A. studied well    B. was not a good student 

       C. was cleau       D. did badly

(   ) 2. Jim's face and  hands were always dirty because he_____

       A. never washed them.     

       B. didn't wash them with water.

       C. washed them with soap. but not  water.

       D. washed them only with water, but not  soap.

(   ) 3. Jim's aunt saw____.

       A. Jim's face was  not clean

       B. there was an  egg in Jim's mouth

       C. Jim didn't have break fast that morning

       D. there was an  egg on Jim's face.

(   ) 4. What did  Jim have that morning?_____

       A. Bread.    B. Ment.    C. Eggs.   D. We don't know.

(   ) 5. From the  story, we may know that Jim_____.

       A. had eggs every day.    B. had eggs every morning

       C. did not have eggs every day   D. was a  clean boy

第二十五单元作业设计

一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的     一个单词:

(   ) 1. island     A. picnic    B. tidy    C. thick      D. April

(   ) 2. alone      A. nobody   B. problem C. tonight   D. come

(   ) 3. push      A. until    B. August   C. enough   D. could

(   ) 4. sugar      A. nobody   B. party    C. large     D. carrot

(   ) 5. smell      A. great    B. anybody  C. vegteble  D. be

(   ) 6. understand A. island    B. danger   C. mistake   D. fat

(   ) 7. picnic      A. once    B. cry      C. reach    D. place

(   ) 8. farther     A. thin     B. birthday  C. feather   D. south

(   ) 9. sandwiches A. classmates  B. wives  C. holidays  D. pages

(   ) 10. ice       A. husband   B. shine    C. unusually D. sunny

二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

1. cry (反义词)___________  2. hit (现在分词)_____________

3. we (反身代词)_________   4. healthy (比较级)____________

5. usual(反义词)__________   6. push (第三人称单数)__________

7. smell (过去式)___________ 8. can (过去式)________________

9. farther (同音词)_________  10. tidy (副词)_________________

三、汉译英:

1. 多好的主意啊!____________________________

2. 把船拉出水面:_________________________________

3. 独自地:_______________ 4. 在岛上登陆:________________

5. 环顾四周:__________________

6. 感觉有点怕:________________ 

7. 不再:________________   8. 立刻:_____________ 

9.保持凉快:______________________

10.去野餐:___________________

四、选择填空:

(  ) 1. There is  going to __English film this evening.

      A. have an    B. be an      C. have a      D. be a

(  ) 2. You look ___ today. What's wring _____you?

      A. tired …with  B. tiring …to  C. tire …with   D. tires …on

(  ) 3. Li Ming does his  homework ____than I.

      A. more careful             B. much carefully

      C. more carefully            D. much careful

(  ) 4. Did they spend ______money on  their trip to  New Youk?

      A. few         B. many      C. lots        D. much

(  ) 5. Do you  have ____to tell me ?

      A. interesting anything        B. anything interesting

      C. interesting  something       D. something interesting

(  ) 6. _____your sister.

      A. Not worry for           B. Not to worry abort

      C. Don't worry about        D. Don't worry with

(  ) 7. Is it  time ______our supper?

      A. to        B. in        C. for        D. on

(  ) 8. Xiao Li  is _______ in the  reading-room now.

      A. not longer             B. not any long

      C. no longer             D. no long

(  ) 9. ____the picnic basket up  here to my  place.

      A. Take       B. Bring    C. Make      D. Have

(  ) 10. We must ____the food hot.

      A. work      B. get       C. have       D. keep

(  ) 11. Shall we  go to _______island for  fishing?

      A. near       B. nearer    C. the nearest  D. nearly

(  ) 12. Does _____live on  the island?

      A. someone   B. anybody  C. many people D. some ones

(  ) 13. The twins did  it all _____.

      A. by themselves          B. by himself 

      C. by them               D. themselves

(  ) 14. The child could pull the  boat ___the riverside by  himself.

      A. to up      B. on        C. up         D. up to

(  ) 15. He wanted ____some bananas in  the fruit shop.

      A. buys        B. buying      C. to buy      D. buy

(  ) 16. There is  _____ wrong with my  bike. I must ask  ____to

       mend it for  me.

      A. something …anybody     B. anything…somebody

      C. something …somebody    D. anything …anybody

(  ) 17. A monkey is  looking for something _____in the  trees.

      A. eat        B. to eat     C. eating      D. eats

(  ) 18. —Have you_____Australia?  —Yes, I have.

      A. been to    B. gone to    C. be to      D. go to

(  ) 19. There_____some dangerous animals ____this island.

      A. may are …in            B. may be …on

      C. may have …on          D. may has …in

(  ) 20. ___Kate feel afraid of  dangerous animals?

      A. Was        B. Were      C. Did       D. do

五、介词填空:

1. They will pick some bananas ______their picnic lunch.

2. The children started to  walk _______the island.

3. Where are the  workers? They are ______work.

4. The children pulled the  boat up______the water.

5. The picnic basket was  no longer ______ the tree.

6. There is something wrong_______my bike. Can you  help me?

7. Her uncle's house is  far _______here.

8. They went there on  foot _______by bus.

9. She has to  help _______the cooking.

10. Can you come out ______a walk _____the park?

六、句型变换:

1. The students went to  that island for  a picnic.(划线提问)

2. the children could pull the  boat up from the  water.(同上)

3. He wants to  go to the  mearest island tomorrow.(同上)

4. Mr Li began to  learn Englsih the year befor last.(同上)

5. You can see  something unusual in  the picture.(改为疑问句)

6. There is something in  the next classroom.(改为否定句)

7. His aunt has  to go to  see a doctor this morning.(同上)

8. Show them your photo.(同上)

七、用所给各组单词的正确形式填空:

1. take, bring

(1) Don't _______ the chair away, please.

(2) You must go home and _______your workbook here now.

(3) My mother is  ill. I have _______her to  the hospotal.

2. speak, tell, talk, say

(1) The English party is  going to start at  half past seven. Don't 

    forget_______them.

(2) Who's going to _____at the  meeting this afternoon?

(3) “Doctor, I'm not feeling well, ”______Mrs Brown.

(4) “What are  you _____ about?” be asked.

3. look, look at, look like, look after, look over, look for

(1) This is lucy's hat. It________a cat.

(2) ________the rain! It's heavy, isn't it?

(3) What are you  doing here?  I'm ________my pencil-box.

(4) The doctor came and _______Mr Smith very carefully.

(5) Wang Lin's mother is  ill. She has to_______her at  home.

(6) ________! They are  playing volleyball on  the play-ground.

4. listen, listen to, hear

(1) He often ______the weather repot in  the morning.

(2) ________carefully. The little girl is  singing in the  next room.

(3) Can you _______anything behind the  tree, Li Ping?

5. little, a little, few, a few

(1) We stayed here for_____days.

(2) — Have you any  friends in Beijing? — Yes, I have ________.

(3) The baby has _______milk every three hours.

(4) Peter said, “There is _______food in  the house. I must try  to

   get a  job.

(5) There were tigers in  the mountains._______people dared to  go

   up there at  nitht.

八、选择正确译文:

(   ) 1. 那家商店八点才开门。

     A. The shop opens until 8  o'clock.

     B. The shop don't open until 8  o'clock

     C. The shop doesn't open until 8  o'clock.

     D. The shop is  open until 8  o'clock.

(   ) 2. 明天他也许会跟一些朋友一起去游泳。

     A. He may go  swimming with some friends tomorrow.

     B. He must go  to swim with some friends tomorrow.

     C. He can goes swimming with some of  friends tomorrow.

     D. He need to  swim with some friends tomorrow.

3. 她叫我们别为她的课担心。

     A. She told us  not to worry her  lessons.

     B. She told us  don't worry about her  lessons.

     C. She told us  not worry about her  lessons.

     D. She told us  not to worry about her  lessons.

4. 吉姆是英国人,是吗?

     A. Jim comes from England, doesn't  he?

     B. Jim is form English, isn't he?

     C. Jim is a  English, isn't he?  D. Jim is  form England, is he?

第二十六单元作业设计

一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给的单词划线部分读音相同     的一个单词:

(   ) 1. southern   A. south   B. langh   C. young    D. round

(   ) 2. operation  A. candle  B. village   C. danger   D. anything

(   ) 3. fall       A. half    B. long    C. autumn   D. shall

(   ) 4. worse     A. word   B. short    C. porridge  D. story

(   ) 5. clever     A. she     B. hear    C. help      D. begin

(   ) 6. taught     A. doctor   B. not      C. lot       D. brought

(   ) 7. themselves  A. dress   B. enjoy    C. problem  D. myself

(   ) 8. instead     A. clean   B. meat    C. head    D. sea

(   ) 9. poor       A. door    B. sure     C. doorbell  D. Indian

(   ) 10. money     A. monkey B. key      C. they     D. say

二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

1. teach (过去式)____________  2. poor(反义词)____________

3. fall (过去式)____________    4. feel (过去式)____________

5. sad (反义词)____________    6. they (反身代词)____________

7. hit (过去式)____________    8. hurt (现在分词)____________

9. month (复数)____________   10.he (反身代词)____________

三、汉译英:

1. 从自行车上摔下:_________________

2. 自学英语:________________________

3. 动手术:_______________ 4. 随便吃蛋糕:________________

5. 过得快乐:_______________________

6. 第一次骑自行车:_______________________

7. 一节游泳课:________________________

8. 又一张莉莉的照片:________________________

9. 穿衣服:_______________ 10. 并非每个人:______________

四、选择填空:

(   ) 1. Yesterday he  fell _____his bike and  hurt himself.

       A. of       B. out       C. off       D. over

(   ) 2. He is  rich and can  buy _____a lot of  good things.

       A. myself   B. himself    C. him      D. son

(   ) 3. He will leave for  America _____.

       A. the next month       B. last week

       C. next day             D. next month

(   ) 4. They have a  daughter _____Jane.

       A. called    B. calls      C. calling    D. to call

(   ) 5. So the  next day  ther _____her to a  doctor.

       A. take     B. takes      C. taking    D. took

(   ) 6. _____time we  had last  nithe!

       A. What good          B. What a good  

       C. How good           D. How a good

(   ) 7. Not everybody in  our class_____good at  English.

       A. is       B. are      C. isn't       D. aren't

(   ) 8. Please help yourself _____anything you  like.

       A. at       B. with      C. to        D. of

(   ) 9. _____you sure she'll like it?

       A. Do       B. Will       C. Are       D. Were

(   ) 10. People enjoy _____during the  holidays.

       A. yourselves          B. themselves 

       C. themself           D. them

(   ) 11. This is _____interesting film. We all  like it.

       A. /         B. the       C. a         D. an

(   ) 12. You must go  to see the  doctor if you_____ill.

       A. will be    B. were      C. may       D. are

(   ) 13. They were quite _____to hear the  news.

       A. please     B. pleasure   C. pleased     D. to please

(   ) 14. Get up  and  get _____quickly. 

       A. dressed    B. dress      C. dressing    D. to dress

(   ) 15. It was  too dark. I _____see nothing.

       A. can       B. could     C. must       D. have to

(   ) 16. I'd like to  have _____try.

       A. the second B. second   C. a second   D. the other

(   ) 17. They found there _____something wrong with their car.

       A. was       B. is       C. are         D . were

(   ) 18. — _________?  — I'd like to  borrow some books.

       A. Who are you         B. What do you  want

       C. Can I help you       D How are you

(   ) 19. — What's the date today?  — _________.

       A. Today is Wednesday   B. It's a  sunny day today

       C. It's cloudy           D. It's January 3rd.

(   ) 20. ____Smiths____going to move into a  new house.

       A. The …is      B. The …are    C. /…is    D. A …are

五、填上适当的反身代词:

1. The little boy  can look after________ now.

2. The children wash________before breakfast.

3. “Lily and  Lucy! Help _______to  some cakes.”said Mrs  Shute.

4. I'm going to  mend my bike_______this afternoon.

5. We don't need their help. We can  finish the work all  by_____.

6. The girl often looks at _______in the  mirror.

7. “Wang Fei! This maths problem is  not easy. You must ask 

   our teacher________.” said Li Ming.

8. The school_______is very lange, but there are  not many 

  teachers and  students in it.

六、句型变换:

1. My father goes to  work by bus.(划线提问)

2. The shute family lived in  the southern  part  of the USA.(同上)

3. They called him  James.(同上)

4. His sister and  his parents had  to help him.(同上)

5. There was a  good doctor in a  town not far  away.(同上)

6. He could not  wash himself or  get clressed.(改为反意问句)

7. There was something wrong with the  child. (改为疑问句)

8. Jim is fat. (改为感叹句)

9. You'd better stay here. (改为否定句)

10. He bought himself a  lot of presents.(改为疑问句)

七、连词成句:

1. by, the, could, do, she, work, all, herself.

2. he, too, is, young, himself, to, after, look

3. two, English, could, she, not, years, ago, speak.

4. Mary, instead, went, swimming.

八、用所给动词的适当形式填空:

1. Look! A lot  of students _______(dance) near the river.

2. Zhang Li_______(like) to play basketball. Look, she______(play)

  with her  classmates over there.

3. He_______(study) much harder  this term than he  did last term.

4. ________(be) there any apple trees here a  few years ago?

5. My brother usually ________(do) his lessons in  the evening.

6. What ______ you _____(do) the  day before yesterday?

  I ________(do) some reading.

7. the teacher had  to let the  boy________(go) home.

8. I hope it _______(be) fine tomorrow.

9. He wanted _______(find) oud the  answer to the  question.

10. ________(be) Tom's shoes old  or new?

九、改病句:

(   ) 1. _____ When  spring comes, it is  getting warm and  warm.

              A           B          C           D

(   ) 2. _____No, I couldn't listen anything at all.

                    A     B      C      D           

(   ) 3. _____ Do you  like rice for supper today?

             A      B       C    D                 

(   ) 4. _____ Are there any peoples on that island?

             A        B    C     D                 

(   ) 5. _____ The doctor said he  can do nothing to help him.

              A               B        C      D    

(   ) 6. _____I am  sure there may be some danger animals on 

                  A          B           C           D

       that island.

(   ) 7. _____ He is looking out the window.

               A    B     C      D               

(   ) 8. _____ Here are a  story about some poor people in  the 

              A   B          C                      D  

       USA.

(   ) 9. _____ Would you  please to tell me  an interesting story?

               A              B            C      D  

(   ) 10. _____ He will take his  mother to  hospital the next day.

                    A          B        C          D

十、选择正确译文:

(   ) 1. 并非人人都想马上回家。

       A. Not everybody want to  go home at  once.

       B. Nobody wants to  go home at  once.

       C. No everybody wants go  to home at  once.

       D. Not everybody wants to  go home at  once.

(   ) 2. 三年后,他们又有了一个孩子。

       A. Three years after, they had  a  child again.

       B. After three years, they had  a second child.

       C. Three years later, they had  the second child.

       D. After three years, they had  other child.

(   ) 3. 玛丽回来我就把这封信给她。

       A. I'll give this letter to  Mary when she  will come back.

       B. I'll give this letter to  Mary when she  is coming back.

       C. I'll give this letter for  Mary when she  come  back.

       D. I'll give this letter to  Mary when she  comes back.

 初二英语期中考练习卷

 一. 在下列各组单词中选出一个划线部分读音与所给单词的划线部分读音一样的单词.

 (   ) 1. worri ed    A.clean ed    B.wait ed      C.pass ed   D.stopp ed 

 (   ) 2. tom a to    A.c a rrot    B.h a ppily      C.pot a to   D.p art y

 (   ) 3. ea s ily     A. s top      B. s andwich    C.we s t     D.pre s ent

 (   ) 4. fea th er    A.wea th er   B. nor th east    C. th in     D.sou th 

 (   ) 5.  wh ose    A .wh ole     B. wh en       C. wh ile    D. wh ich 

 (   ) 6. veget a ble  A.sk a te     B.t a ble        C.anim a l    D.p a per

 (   ) 7. sug ar      A.h ar d      B.poul ar      C.p ar k      D.st ar t

 (   ) 8. sea s o ns   A.wink o w s   B. map s      C.ticket s     D.duck s 

 (   ) 9. bri gh t     A.enou gh    B. thele ph one  C. ph oto  D.ei gh t

 (   ) 10. dr y       A.read y       B.quickl y     C.empt y   D.Jul y 

 二. 找出适当的字母或字母组合, 使单词完整. 正确

 (   )1. t__l_ph__ne   A. a…i…o   B. e…e…o  C.e…e…oa Da…e…o

 (   )2. happ__   A. yly    B. ily    C. ly        D. ely

 (   )3. ____cken   A. shi    B. the    C. chi     D. che

 (   )4. v ___g__t__ble  A. a…i…a   B. e…i…e C. a…e…i  D.e e…a

 (   )5. c__f__lly  A. air …i  B. ere…u  C. are…u  D. ear…i

 (   )6. usu___   A. ally     B. aly     C. elly     D. ely

 (   )7. b__t__ful__  A.eau…e    B.eau…i    C. ea…i    D. ea…e

 (  )8. Aug____    A. ust     B. ist      C. est      D. ast

 (  )9. aut__m __   A. u…e   B.u…n    C. e…n    D. i…m

 (  )10. plea ____  A. ture     B. sion    C. tion    D. sure

 三. 用所给词的正确形式填空:

   1. My coat is  too _____. My brother's coat is _____ than mine. (big)

   2. There are  many ____ in the sky  today.  It's _____. (coud)

   3. This boy  is very _____. He can  do the work _____. (care)

   4. The ________on the  desk are theirs . (radio)

   5. The snow was  very _______last night.  It  snowed ________last           night. (hesvy)

   6. He is  a _______student.   He studies very ______.(good)

   7. Please pout these  _________ on  the plate. (sandwich)

   8. My sister is  a _____. She ________in a  factory. (work)

 四. 选择填空;

 (   )1. His mother is  ill . He feels _____.

      A.worry     B.worrying    C.worried     D.to worry

 (   )2.The policeman helped me _____the car.

     A.stops    B. stopped     C. stopping     D.stop

 (   )3. ____likes to  go swimming in  the river.

     A.No everyone       B. Not everyone  

     C.Not all of  us      D. No all of  us

 (   )4. English is ___than Chinese.

      A.much more popular      B. much poular

     C. very popular             D. the most popular

 (   )5. He ____ the  radio and sat  down to listen to  the radio.

     A. open      B. turned off    C. turned    D.turned on

试    题

Unit 15 ~ Unit 16

Class _______ No. ______ Name________

Ⅰ. Listen to  the sentence and  fill in the  missing word.(根据你所听

    到的句子填写所缺的单词,每小题念一遍。)(5分)

1. There were not ________people to  pick apples on  the farm.

2. The _______of Australia is  quite different from that of 

  Beijing.

3. I'm afraid Li  Ping is out  at the________.

4. It's much________in the  south of China than in  the north of  China.

5. I'd like you  to write down Jim's________ number.

6. Lucy was very sorry that she  was out when you________.

7. Could you bring some nice________to school tomorrow?

8. Jim and  his friends went to  the farm and_______many apples.

9. Which month is  colder in China, _______or December?

10. Will you please go_______ with me  this afternoon?

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right answer to  complete each

   sentence.(听录音选择正确的答案补全句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. Listen to  the teacher carefully, then ___the new  words.

       A. write down B. put down C. write out  D. take down

(   ) 2. The students are  all busy, getting ready for______.

       A. next term B. next week  C. next month D. next year

(   ) 3. ______for coming to  see me.

       A. Thank you            B. Thanks

       C. Thanks a lot           D. Thank you much

(   ) 4. Li Ping's telephone number is_______.

       A.   B.   C.   D.

(   ) 5. Did you  have a good time___last Sunday?

       A. in the  park           B. at the cinema 

       C. at Ann's party        D. in the zoo

Ⅲ. Listen to  the dialogute and  choose the right answer to  each question.

   (听对话及对话的问题,选择正确的答案,对话念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. He was  born in a  town near Oxford.

       B. He was born in  a small village far  from London.

       C. He was born in  a city near London.

       D. He was born in  a town far  form Oxford.

(   ) 2. A. He comes from a  small town not  far from Sydney.

       B. He comes from a  big town not  far from Sydney.

       C. He comes from a  small village not  far from Sydney.

       D. He comes from a  big village not  far from Sydney.

(   ) 3. A. One year ago.           B. Two years ago.

       C. One and a  half years ago. D. Three years ago.

(   ) 4. A. Peter's aunt.           B. Peter's father and  mother.

      C. Peter's mother.         D. Peter's father.

(   ) 5. A. Because he  likes snow.  B. Because he  likes skating.

       C. Because he likes making snowmen.

       D. Because he likes playing with snow.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and choose the  right answer. (听短文后选择

   正确的答案,短文念三遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. There was  a telephone call from __to ___.

       A. Alice, Wei Hua         B. Wei Hua, Alice

       C. me, Alice             D. Wei Hua, me

(   ) 2. Alice _____when the telephone rang.

       A. went swimming        B. went skating

       C. went shopping         D. went fishing

(   ) 3. Wei Hua's telephone number was____.

       A. 683927   B.    C.   D.

(   ) 4. Alice came home at_______.

       A. five fifteen           B. five fifty

       C. four fufteen          D. four fifty

(   ) 5. After Alice knew everything, she _____Wei Hua.

       A. went to see          B. gave the photos to

       C. rang up             D. went shopping with

Unit 17 ~ Unit 18

Class_____ No. ______ Name______

Ⅰ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right word or  phrase you hear

   in the  sentence.(听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组,每小

   题念一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. sun       B. sunnier    C. sunny     D. sunshine

(   ) 2. A. wind      B. snow      C. rain       D. hot

(   ) 3. A. skate      B. swim      C. drive      D. sing

(   ) 4. A. blow      B. blew      C. blue      D. blows

(   ) 5. A. afraid     B. think      C. sorry      D. sure

(   ) 6. A. really     B. strongly    C. heavily    D. nearly

(   ) 7. A. felt       B. fell       C. fall       D. feel

(   ) 8. A. comes out  B. comes up  C. comes into D. comes in

(   ) 9. A. another  piece of  meat  B. a piece of  meat

       C. a piece of  bread       D. another piece of  bread

(   ) 10. A. look out  B. find out  C. write out   D. take out

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right sentence you  hear.

   (听录音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. The snow is  thick, isn't it?

       B. The snow isn't thick, is it?

       C. The snow is  thin, isn't it?

       D. The snow isn't thin, is it?

(   ) 2. A. I like wearing a  red hat on  my head.

       B. I like wearing a  red skirt for  my birthday party.

       C. I like wearing a  red feather in  my new hat.

       D. I like wearing a  red dress for  my birthday party.

(   ) 3. A. Thanks for  coming to see  me.

       B. Thanks a lot  for coming to  help me.

       C. Thanks for coming to  help me.

       D. Thanks a lot  for coming to  see me.

(   ) 4. A. Could you  ask him to  call me, please?

       B. Could you ask  him to show it  to me, please?

       C. Could you ask  him to give it  to me, please?

       D. Could you ask  him to pass it  to me, please?

(   ) 5. A. When it's summer in  China, it's winter in  Australia.

       B. When it's winter in  China, it's summer in  Australia.

       C. When it's autumn in  China, it's spring in  Australia.

       D. When it's apring in  China, it's autumn in  Australia.

Ⅲ. Listen to the  dialogue and judge the  following sentences.(听对话判断

   下列句子是否与原文意思相符,相符用T,不符用F,对话念二遍)(5分)

(   ) 1. Wei Fang's telephone number is  .

(   ) 2. Ann is  going to have a  birthday party at  home.

(   ) 3. The party starts at  two o'clock in  the afternoon next  Saturday.

(   ) 4. Wei Fang thinks Jim  can't go to  the party because he  is ill.

(   ) 1. Wei Fang will give the  message to Mike.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and fill in  the missing words.(听短文后填

   入短文中所缺的单词,短文念三遍。)(5分)

I was  born in Xiamen—the city near the  sea. The 1________ there is nice and  clean. In winter the  2_______ never gets too  cold. We 3_______wear lots of  warm clothes. We can  see green trees and  4_______ flowers here and  there. Autumn is a  very cool 5________. The wind 6________ from the  sea. Children enjoy flying kites in  the park or  near the sea. The 7_________ time to  come to my  home town is  from 8_________ to 9_________. At this time of  year, the wather is  quite hot, but the  sea is blue. It's good to  go swimming in  the 10__________sea.

Unit  19 ~ Unit 20

Class_______ No. _______ Name_______

Ⅰ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right word or  phrase you hear

   in the  sentence. (听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组,每小    题念一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. live      B. lift      C. left      D. little

(   ) 2. A. wait     B. wake    C. way      D. wet

(   ) 3. A. feel      B. fat      C. felt      D. fall

(   ) 4. A. about    B. above    C. alone    D. along

(   ) 5. A. below   B. because   C. before    D. behind

(   ) 6. A. potatoes  B. tomatoes  C. vegetable  D. carrots

(   ) 7. A. chip     B. child    C. fist       D. ship

(   ) 8. A. at times  B. last time C. next time  D. many times

(   ) 9. A. go to  work         B. look for work

       C. go out for  a walk   D. go for  a walk

(   ) 10. A. do the  cooking     B. home cooking

        C. do the shopping    D. do housework

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right answer to  each question.

   (听问句选择正确的答案,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. Two days.         B. A week ago.

       C. Last week.        D. On Monday.

(   ) 2. A. I know that well.   B. The TV  set was broken.

       C. I dont know you.   D. the radio says.

(   ) 3. A. Nothing much.      B. I don't know.

       C. I'm free.          D. Yes, I think so.

(   ) 4. A. Beef and  chicken.  B. Pork.

       C. Chicken and pork.  D. Beef and  pork.

(   ) 5. A. Fish and  chips.    B. Fried chicken.

       C. Take- away food.   D. Home cooking.

Ⅲ. Listen to the  dialogue and  fill in the  blanks. (听录音补全对话,

   对话念二遍。)(5分)

A: What's the weather like 1_______?

B: The radio says it  will be 2________.

A: Oh. What are we  going to do?

B: I have 3_______ idea. Let's go  to play basketball.

A: Great! Shall we 4________ Jim and  Bill?

B: Ok. What time shall we  5________?

A: At about 6________ o'clock.

B: Let me 7_______. I have to  do some cleaning at  home. I'm 

   afraid I  can't leave 8_______ three.

A: It doesn't matter. Let's make it  a little later. What about 4  o'clock?

B:All right. I'll 9_________ 10_________ you outside the  school

   gate. Thank you. Good-bye!

A:Good bye.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and choose the  right answer. (听短文后选择

    正确的答案,短文念三遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. Chinese food is  different from________.

       A. American food       B. Australian food

       C. English  food        D. Japanese food

(   ) 2. In the__of China people like to  eat noodles and  dumpings.

       A. north      B. south  C. west   D. east

(   ) 3. the old  people like the  tea___.

       A. with milk in  it      B. with nothing in  it

       C. with coffee in  it    D. with sugar in  it

(   ) 4. In England, the most popular food is____.

       A. fish and chips      B. bread and milk

       C. rice and dumplings  D. cakes and  sandwiches

(   ) 5. Chinese and  English people enjoy eating take-away food__.

       A. at home  B. in the  open air  C. at night  D. on Sunday

Unit 15 ~ Unit 21 综合训练

 

Class ______ No._____ Name________

Ⅰ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right word or  phrase you

   hear. (听录音选择你所听到的单词或词组,每小题念一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. chip      B. cheap    C. ship    D. shop

(   ) 2. A. real      B. meal    C. near     D. clean

(   ) 3. A. feel      B. dear    C. meal    D. real

(   ) 4. A. snow     B. blow    C. throw   D. cold

(   ) 5. A. sell       B. tell     C. west    D. bell

(   ) 6. A. cool      B. cold    C. soon     D. sure

(   ) 7. A. were      B. wore    C. warm   D. want

(   ) 8. A. at times   B. at the  moment  C. at wok  D. at home

(   ) 9. A. be from   B. be good at     C. be born  D. be out

(   ) 10. A. come in  B. come from C. come  back D. come round

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right sentence you  hear.(听录

   音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. He's over there at  the moment.

       B. He's out at  the moment.

       C. He isn't out  at the nonent.

       D. He is not  at home at  the moment.

(   ) 2. A. It's very cool today, isn't it?

       B. He feels very cold today, doesn't he?

       C. She feels very  cold today, doesn't she?

       D. It's very cool today, isn't it?

(   ) 3. A. I like summer better than autumn.

       B. I llike spring better than summer.

       C. I like summer better than spring.

       D. I like summer better than winter.

(   ) 4. A. In England, people eat  a lot of  bread.

       B. In England, people eat  a lot of  pork.

       C. In England, people eat  a  lot of  peas.

       D. In England, people eat  a lot of  beef.

(   ) 5. A. Don't look at  the picture before you  say that.

       B. Don't say that before you  look at the  picture.

       C. Don't you say  that before you look at  the picture?

       D. Don't you look at  the picture before you  say that?

Ⅲ. Listen to the  dialogue and choose the  right answer to  each 

   question.(听对话后选择正确的答案,对话念二遍。)(5分)

(   )1. A. It's spring.            B. It's aummer.

      C. It's autumn.           D. It's wimter.

(   ) 2. A. No, he doesn't.        B. Yes, he does.

       C. He likes beef better.   D. He likes pork better.

(   ) 3. A. He hsa  milk and bread. B. He has  eggs and porrige.

       C. He has milk and  eggs.  D. He has  bread and porridge.

(   ) 4. A. Next Thursday.        B. This Friday.

       C. Next Wednesday.       D. This Saturday.

(   ) 5. A. She will be  eleven.   B. She will be  twelve.

       C. She will be  thirteen.  D. She will be  fourteen.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and fill in  the missing words.(听短文后填

   入短文中所缺的单词,短文念三遍。)(5分)

Different coountries have different food. If you  go to 1_______, you may  find 2_________fish and  chips along the 3________. Fish and chips are  the 4________ popular  thake-away food in  England. People often 5________ this kind of  food at shops, but sometimes they 6_________ the food in  paper 7_______ and take it 8________or to  their work place.

Chinese take-away food is  9________ popular in England, Australia and  the USA. But the  most popular take-away food in  the USA is  fried 10________. It's very delicious.

Unit 15 ~ Unit 21 期中考试卷

Class ______ No._____ Name________

Ⅰ. Listen to  the tape and  choose the right word or  phrase you hear in  sentence.    (听录音选出在句子中所听到的单词或词组,每小题念一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. wear      B. weather    C. letter     D. winter

(   ) 2. A. cool      B. cold       C. cloudy    D. could

(   ) 3. A. part      B. park       C. party      D. laugh

(   ) 4. A. last       B. laugh      C. love       D. like

(   ) 5. A. hear      B. pear      C. there      D. wear

(   ) 6. A. hard      B. half       C. hot       D. high

(   ) 7. A. later      B. letter      C. late       D. matter

(   ) 8. A. what     B. wet        C. white      D. wait

(   ) 9. A. get ready for   B. get on   C. get warm D. get  down

(   ) 10. A. have a  look          B. have a rest

        C. have a party         D. have a swim

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right sentence you  hear. (听录

   音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. It's about three hundred metres away on  the right.

       B. It's about two  hundred metres away on  the left.

       C. Take the third turning on  the right.

       D. Take the second turning on  the left.

(   ) 2. A. Playing too  much isn't good for  your health.

       B. Eating too much is  bad for your health.

       C. Taking a walk after supper is  good for your health.

       D. Reading in bed  is bad for  your eyes.

(   ) 3. A. You must work hard at  school.

       B. You must look after yourself.

       C. You must eat  less and do  more exercies.

       D. You must drink more water.

(   ) 4. A. I think English is  very difficult.

       B. It's not easy to  learn English well.

       C. I am good at  Chinese but not  at English.

       D. It's not easy to  learn Chinese well.

(   ) 5. A. May I  go out and  play?

       B. May I come in  and see you  family?

       C. May is the  fifth month of  the year.

       D. May is my  favourite month.

Ⅲ. Listen to the  dialogue and fill in  the blanks.(听录音补全对话,对

   话念二遍。)(5分)

A:Jim! Supper is  1________.

B:Yes, Mum. I'm  coming. What are we  going to have for 2_____today?

A:We're going to  have 3________ English 4________.

B:5________? What is it?

A:It's your favourite. 6________ and chips.

B:Is this 7_________ food?

A:No, it isn't. This is  8__________ 9__________.

B:Mum, it must be  10__________ delicious.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and choose the  right answer.(听短文选择正

   确的答案,短文念三遍)(5分)

(   ) 1. English people ________.

       A. like talking very much      B. don't speak Chinese

       C. don't talk very much       D. don't like train

(   ) 2. In England, people like to  say“____” when  they meet someon.

       A. Nice weather for  the time of  year!

       B. Nice to see  you again!

       C. Are you hungry?          D. Do you like England?

(   ) 3. English people often ___ .

       A. look out of  the window    B. read

       C. sit doing nothing          D. A and B

(   ) 4. English people often ___.

       A. go by bus               B. talk about the  weather

       C. go by bike              D. have good weather

(   ) 5. When you  talk about the  weather with them, the English think__.

        A. you are kind                B. you aren't friendly

        C. you are friendly              D. you are a  friend

Unit 22 ~ Unit 23

Class ______ No. _____ Name ______

Ⅰ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right word or  phrase you hear in    the sentence. (听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组,每小题念     一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. sir      B. third       C. first      D. shirt

(   ) 2. A. dress    B. skirt       C. address    D. most

(   ) 3. A. may be  B. maybe      C. baby      D. many

(   ) 4. A. train    B. truck       C. tree      D. traffic

(   ) 5. A. away    B. heavy      C. hungry    D. always

(   ) 6. A. head    B. back       C. leg       D. hand

(   ) 7. A. throw   B. slowly      C. granny    D. early

(   ) 8. A. a cool morning        B. a cold morning

       C. a warm morning       D. a hot morning

(   ) 9. A. the shoe factory       B. the bike factory

       C. the bus factory        D. the car factory

(   ) 10. A. in a  post office      B. in an office

        C. in hospital           D. in a hospital

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right semtence you  hear.

(听录音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. The No. 12 bus  will take you  there.

       B. The No. 22 bus  will take you  there.

       C. The No. 20 bus  will take your there

       D. The No. 32 bus  will take you  there.

(   ) 2. A. At the  end of the  road, you'll see the  hospital.

       B. At the end  of the road, you'll see  the factory.

       C. At the end  of the street, you'll see  the fruit shop.

       D. At the end  of the  street, you'll see  the station.

(   ) 3. A. I'm not  sure. They may go  shopping with some friends.

       B. I'm not sure. They may  go to see  a friend of  theirs.

       C. I'm not sure. They may  go for a  walk with some friends.

       D. I'm not sure. They may  go swimming with some friends.

(   ) 4. A. If you  jump the queue, other friends won't be  pleased.

       B. If you jump the  queue, other students won't be  pleased.

      C. If you  jump the queue, other won't be  pleased.

       D. If you jump the  queue, other police won't be  pleased.

(   ) 5. A. Excuse me, which is  the way  to the bookshop, please?

       B. Excuse me, which is  the  way to  the fruit shop, please?

       C. Excuse me, which is  the way to  the bus station, please?

       D. Excuse me, which is  the way to  the police station, please?

Ⅲ. Lesten to  the dialogue and  choose the similar to  the dialogue.

(听对话后选择与对话意思相近的句子,对话念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. Everyone laughed at  the boy's mistakes.

       B. Everyone laughed at  the man's mistakes.

       C. Everyone laughed at  the woman's mistakes.

       D. Everyone laughed at  the girl's mistakes.

(   ) 2. A. She can't have breakfadst first.B. She can  have breakfadst first.

       C. She can't have lunch first.  D. She can't have supper first.

(   ) 3. A. My friend must get  up and get  ready for school.

       B. My sister must get  up and get  ready for school.

       C. My sister must get  up and get  ready for work.

       D. My friend must get  up and get  ready for work.

(   ) 4. A. His home is  four kilometres from the  school.

       B. His home is  fourteen kilometres from the  school.

       C. His home is  forty kilometres from the  school.

       D. His home is  thirty kilometres from the  school.

(   ) 5. A. Your mother had  a short rest when you  reached home.

       B. Your father had  a short rest when you  reached home.

       C. Her mother had  a short rest when she  reached home.

       D. Her father had  a short rest when she  reached home.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and then complete the  following sentences.

(听短文后完成下列句子,短文念三遍。)(5分)

1. Some people are________for a  No. 11 bus at  the bus_______.

2. A ________ ________ wants to jump the  queue.

3. The other people are ________ ________ him.

4. We must________ wait ________ a queue.

5. If we jump the  queue, other people________ be ________.

Unit 24 ~ Unit 25

Class _______ No. _____ Name ______

Ⅰ. Listen to the  sentence and fill in  the missing word.(根据你所听

   到的句子填写所缺的单词,每小题念一遍。)(5分)

1. I'm helping Dad  to tidy the ________ now.

2. I don't want to  play football. I want to  play volleyball_______.

3. Mrs brown often feels very________.

4. If she wants to  be_________ and healthier, she has to  eat less

  food and  take more exercise.

5. Let's go to  the________ island. It's  more interesting.

6. We ________ with our noses.

7. The children ________ the boat out  and went home.

8. It was very late. The girl________ a little afraid.

9. After school, I always want to  go home at________.

10. Kate cried when she  found that the  picnic basket was  no

   ________ under the  tree.

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right answer to  complete the 

sentence.(听录音选择正确的答案补全句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. The woman has  to sit down  and rest ____.

       A. every three minutes       B. every six minutes

       C. every sixty minutes       D. every sixteen minutes

(   ) 2. The doctor _____ very carefully.

       A. looked at Mr  Brown      B. looked for Mrs  Brown

      C. looked overy Mrs  Brown  D. looked after Mr  Brown

(   ) 3. Can you ____the day  after tomorrow?

       A. come shopping with him  B. come swimming with me

       C. come shopping with me   D. come swimming with him

(   ) 4. Every day  you can have_____.

       A. one apple, one orange, three pieces of  dry bread, forr  glasses of  water

      B. two apples, two oranges, three pieces of  dry bread, four 

        glasses of water 

      C. one apple, two oranges, four pieces of  dry bread, four 

        glasses of water

      D. two apples, one orange, three pieces of  dry bread, four

        glasses of water

(   ) 5. The children ____out of  water and  then looked around the  island.

       A. pulled  the boat           B. pushed the boat

       C. pulled the basket          D. pushed the basket

Ⅲ. Listen to the  dialogue and choose the  right answer to  each 

question. (听对话后选择正确的答案,对话念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. By ship.    B. plane.     C. By bus.     D. By boat.

(   ) 2. A. She has  to wash plates only.  B. She has  to clean the  room.

       C. She has to  wash all the  plates and things, too.

       D. She has to  wash clothes and  plates.

(   ) 3. A. He has  to do some homework. B. He has  to do some housework.

      C. He has to  do some shopping. D. He has  to stay at  home.

(   ) 4. A. Only rice.            B. Bread and eggs.

       C. Rice and bread        D. Milk and bread.

(   ) 5. A. Because he  has to help his  sister.

       B. Because he has  to see a  doctor.

       C. Because he has  to look after the  room.

       D. Because he has  to look after his  sister.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and choose the  right answer.(听短文后选择

   正确的答案,短文念三遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. It was _____.

       A. Monday    B. Saturday  C. Sunday      D. Friday

(   ) 2. The weather was ______.

       A. cloudy    B. fine      C. windy       D. rainy

(   ) 3. They went for  a picnic______.

       A. by car     B. on foot   C. by bus       D. by ship

(   ) 4. They had  their picnic_______.

       A. on a farm B. in a  town C. near the  city  D. on a  hill

(   ) 5. They went home_____.

       A. before four o'clock      B. after lunch

       C. after four o'clock        D. the next day

Unit 26 ~ Unit 27

Class _______ No. _____ Name ______

Ⅰ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right word or  phrase you hear in    the sentence. (听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组,每小题念     一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. ride      B. read      C. reach      D. rich

(   ) 2. A. monkey   B. mum      C. money    D. moment

(   ) 3. A. poor     B. sure      C. quiet      D. tall

(   ) 4. A. suddenly  B. operation  C. question   D. southern

(   ) 5. A. fat       B. sad       C. bad       D. dad

(   ) 6. A. diary     B. dialogue   C. hurry      D. factory

(   ) 7. A. leave     B. live      C. life        D. meet

(   ) 8. A. make the  boy stop crying   B. make the  baby stop flying

       C. make the bay  stop crying   D. make the  boy stop flying

(   ) 9. A. in his  town last summer holidays

       B. in his home town last summer holidays

       C. in his town last winter holidays

       D. in his home town last winter holidays

(   ) 10. A. asks one  small question    B. does one small operation

        C. answers one small question D. asks one  small operation

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right sentence you  hear.(听录

   音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. The boy  is very healthy with his  family.

       B. The boy is  very happy  with his  friends.

       C. The boy is  very healthy with his  friends.

       D. The boy is  very happy with his  family.

(   ) 2. A. Please help yourself to  som eggs and  apples.

       B. Please help yourself to  som cakes and  apples.

       C. Please help yourself to  som eggs and  bananas.

       D. Please help yourself to  som cakes and  bananas.

(   ) 3. A. She is  falling off her  bike.   B. She is taking off  her blouse.

        C. She is taking off  her bike.   D. He is  falling off his  bike.

(   ) 4. A. Her parents can  take good care of  your beds.

       B. Her parents can  take good care of  your babies.

      C. Her parents can  take good care of  your bells.

       D. Her parents can  take good care of  her  babies.

(   ) 5. A. We bought her  a handbag, but she  didn't like it.

       B. We brought her  a handbag, but she  didn't like it.

       C. We brought her  a handbag, but she  didn't find it.

       D. We bought her  a handbag, but she  didn't find it.

Ⅲ. Listhe to the  dialogue and fill in  the blanks.(听录音补全对话,对

   话念二遍。)(5分)

A:My 1________ hurts, Doctor.

B:Open your mouth (嘴巴) and say “Ah…”.

A:“Ah…”.What's 2________ with me?

B:You 3________ a bad  cold. Take the medicine (药) and stay 

   in bed  for two days and  you'll soon be  4_________.

A:Thank you. By the  way, 5________ 6________is  the medicine?

B:How much 7________? Look! Don't you  know me?

A:Ha, Ha, it's you, 8________. I didn't know you  were here. How are  you?

B:9_________, thank you. And you  have to took 10________yourself.

A:Yes, I will. Thanks a  lot. I'm afraid I  must go now. Bye!

B:Good-bye!

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right sentence you  hear.(听录

   音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. Lily and  Lucy got up _________.

       A. very late this morning  B. very late yesterday morning

       C. very early this morning D. very early yesterday morning

(   ) 2. Their parents took them to_____.

       A. a small village         B. a small factory

      C. a small city           D. a small town

(   ) 3. Lily and  Lucy went there_______.

       A. by bike   B. by ship   C. by bus    D. by train

(   ) 4. Uncle Li's house has_____.

      A. four floors  B. five floors C. three floors  D. two floors

(   ) 5. Uncle Li's house was________.

       A. very  far from a  park    B. very near near a  lake

       C. very far from a  lake    D. very near a  park

Unit 22 ~ Unit 28  综合训练

Class _______ No. _____ Name ______

Ⅰ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right word or  phrase you hear.(听录音选择你所听到的单词或词组,每小题念一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. wash      B. watch    C. worse     D. west

(   ) 2. A. year      B. near     C. dear      D. hear

(   ) 3. A. term      B. turn      C. third      D. learn

(   ) 4. A. ring      B. rain      C. bring      D. train

(   ) 5. A. cry       B. dry      C. fry       D. fly

(   ) 6. A. well      B. wear     C. will      D. weather

(   ) 7. A. west      B. rest      C. best      D. next

(   ) 8. A. at this thime of  year   B. at the moment

       C. at the end  of         D. at the head of

(   ) 9. A. at night  B. at last    C. at first   D. at once

(   ) 10. A. be out  B. get out   C. find out   D. pull…out of

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right sentence you  hear.(听录

   音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. I hope you  can come to  supper next Saturday.

       B. I hope you  can come to  my party next Saturday.

       C. I hope you  can coem to  supper next Thursday.

       D. I hope you  can come to  my party next Thursday.

(   ) 2. A. Can you  coem swimming with me?

       B. Can you come shopping with me?

       C. Can you come to  play with me?

       D. Can you come to  speak with me?

(   ) 3. A. I made some birthday cakes last night.

       B. I made some dumplings last night.

       C. I made some mooncakes last night.

       D. I made some bread last night.

(   ) 4. A. Could she  swim when she  was five years old?

       B. Could she skate when she  was five years old?

      C. Could she run  when she was  four years old?

       D. Could she speak when she  was two years old?

(   ) 5. A. He can  do nothing to  help her.

       B. He can't do  anything to help her.

       C. He can do  something to help her.

       D. He can  do that to  help her.

Ⅲ. Listen to the  dialogue and choose the  right answer to  each 

   question.(听对话后选择正确的答案,对话念二遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. Play football.          B. Tidy his room.

       C. Do his lessons.        D. Cook the dinner.

(   ) 2. A. Spring.   B. Summer.  C.Autumn.   D. Winter.

(   ) 3. A. Li Lei.   B. Jim.      C. Me.       D. Sam.

(   ) 4. A. This afternoon.        B. Tomorrow afternoon.

       C. This evening.         D. tomorrow evening.

(   ) 5. A. Pork.    B. Fish.     C. Vegetables  D. Fruit.

Ⅳ. Listen to the  passage and fill in  the missing words.(听短文后填入

   短文中所缺的单词,短文念三遍。)(5分)

Last Tuesday. Jim and  his friends went to  help the 1________ with the  2________ harvest. There  were many apples 3________ the trer were not  4________ people to pick them.

The work was  hard. but they really 5___________it. They picked 6________ of  apples. Some apples were very high. They 7________ ladders to  climb up the  trees. Then they 8________ the apples to  the trucks. The men  and women lifted the  9________ onto the trucks. They had  a very 10________ day.

Unit 15 ~ Unit 28  期末考试卷

Class _______ No. _____ Name ______

Ⅰ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right word or  phrase you hear in  the sentence.(听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组,每小题念一遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. passage  B. message    C. village    D. cabbage

(   ) 2. A. Kate    B. date       C. gate      D. late

(   ) 3. A. ladder   B. little       C. letter     D. later

(   ) 4. A. back    B. bag        C. bed       D. bad

(   ) 5. A. side     B. sit         C. set       D. sad

(   ) 6. A. play     B. player      C. place     D. plate

(   ) 7. A. month   B. player      C. money    D. Monday

(   ) 8. A. wait for  B. be late for  C. go for a  walk D. look for

(   ) 9. A. get down B. get dressed  C. get on   D. get long

(   ) 10. A. take off  B. turn on    C. fall off   D. ring up

Ⅱ. Listen to the  tape and choose the  right sentence you  hear.(听录

   音选择你所听到的句子,每小题念二遍。)(5分)

(  ) 1. A. Can Jim  take the orange? B. Can he  take the message?

      C. Can she take the  cabbage? D. Can you see  the village?

(   ) 2. A. He bought me  some tomatoes.

       B. He brought me  some potatoes.

       C. She bought me  some tomatoes.

       D. She brought me  some potatoes.

(   ) 3. A. Mr smith has  a good present.

       B. Mr  Smith  is a  good  farmer. 

       C. Mrs Smith is  a good parent.

       D. Mrs smith is  a good policeman.

(   ) 4. A. The child studied at  home.

       B. The children started to  go.

       C. The child stayed at  home.

       D. The children stand in  a row.

(   ) 5. A. The students have a  short rest.

       B. The student has  a short rest.

       C. The student had  a short rest.

       D. The student had  a short rest.

Ⅲ. Listen to the  dialogue and fill in  the blanks.(听录音补全对话,对

   话念二遍。)(5分)

A:What do you  1________to do when you  are at home?

B:Oh, I have to  do the washing and  2_________. What  3________you?

A:I have to  4_________Mother  5_________the cooking and  tidy

   the 6________.

B:Do you have to  7________ 8________the baby?

A:No. Mother does. But I have to  9_________ all the plates and

   thinge after 10__________.

Ⅳ. Listen  to the  passage and choose the  right answer.(听短文后选择

   正确的答案,短文念三遍。)(5分)

(   ) 1. A. Ann's mother is  making cakes and  Ann is doing her  homerwork.

       B. Ann's mother is  cooking some food and  Ann is writhing a  letter.

       C. Ann's mother is  watching TV and  Ann is listening to  the radio.

       D. Ann's mother is  cleaning the table and  Ann is drawing a  picture.

(   ) 2. A. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her  to a factory.

       B. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her  to a farm.

       C. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her  to a bookshop.

       D. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her  to a park.

(   ) 3. A. They went into a  small zoo inside the  park.

       B. They went into a  small zoo outside the  park.

       C. They went into a  small zoo near the  park.

       D. They went into a  small zoo behind the  park.

(   ) 4. A. Ther wer  a lot of  people in the  zoo.

       B. Ther wer a  lot of lakes in  the zoo.

       C. Ther wer a  lot of animals in  the zoo.

       D. Ther wer a  lot of trees in  the zoo.

(   ) 5. A. There is  a tall building near Ann's home.

       B. There is a  big zoo near Ann's home.

       C. There is a  middle school near Ann's home.

       D. There is a  new post office near Ann's home.

初二英语第二十七单元作业设计

一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给的单词划线部分读音相同     的一个单词:

(   ) 1. holiday  A. tidy    B. island    C. mistake   D. shine

(   ) 2. whole   A. who    B. why      C. what      D. which

(   ) 3. music   A. pull    B. husband  C. unusual   D. busy

(   ) 4. diary    A. pair    B. air       C. diagram   D. careful

(   ) 5. asleep   A. plate    B. April     C. animal    D. address

(   ) 6. great    A. real     B. mean    C. health    D. again

(   ) 7. example A. answer  B. family    C. name     D. want

(   ) 8. interest  A. guess   B. eleven    C. went      D. She

(   ) 9. put      A. mum   B. but       C. pull      D. study

(   ) 10. cry    A. diary    B. baby      C. city       D. sky

二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

1. interest (形容词)____________  2. left (反义词)____________

3. bring (过去式)____________    4. healthy (名词)____________

5. stop (现在分词)____________   6. class (复数)____________

7. taught (原形)____________     8. sing (过去式)____________

9. hit (过去式)____________      10. diary (复数)____________

三、汉译英:

1. 停止做某事:_____________ 2. 扮鬼脸:________________

3. 把某人单独留下:________________________

4. 名胜:________________________

5. 照顾___________________   6. 醒来:_____________________

7. 越哭越厉害:________________________

8. 各种各样:____________________

9. 把整个情况告诉某人:________________________

10. 睡着了。_________________

四、选择填空:

(   ) 1. Don't worry about your child. I'll _____him while you  are

       away.

       A. take care of               B. bake a look

       C. take after                 D. take good care

(   ) 2. ____ she woke up  and began to  cry.

       A. Hallf an hour after         B. Half an hour later

       C. Later half an  hour         D. After half hour

(   ) 3. He made faces to  make the baby _____.

       A. to laugh   B. laughed      C. laughing     D. laugh

(   ) 4. The teacher asked the  girl to show him _____ book.

       A. other one  B. another      C. one another  D. other

(   ) 5. My father will take _____to the  zoo this Sunday.

       A. I and my  brother          B. my brother and  me

      C. me and my  brother         D. my brother and  I

(   ) 6. We can  find many places of ____in Fuzhou.

       A. interesting   B. interested    C. interest      D. interests

(   ) 7. _____time they had  in the park yeserday!

       A.What good               B. What a good 

       C. How good               D. How a good

(   ) 8. there is _____car on  the road.

       A. no         B. some       C. not       D. any      

(   ) 9. We don't like him _____.

       A. no more   B. some more  C. any more  D. the more

(   ) 10. I left my  girl _____.

       A. by myself  B. in myself   C. by herself  D. by her

(   ) 11. You could buy  her a bike, ____it may  be too dear.

       A. and        B. but         C. if         D. when

(   ) 12. We can  see ____in his garden.

       A. all kind of  flower         B. all kinds of  flower

       C. kind of flowers           D. all kinds of  flowers

(   ) 13. A foreign friend visired visited our  village and_____.

       A. we        B. ours       C. us        D. our

(   ) 14. He is  the tallest ____the brothers.

       A. of         B. in         C. at         D. for

(   ) 15. Would you  please _____me an interesting story?

       A. speak      B. tell        C. talk       D. say

(   ) 16. he won't come back _____the end  of the month.

       A. by        B. but        C. until       D. on

(   ) 17. He was  tired, so he stopped_____.

       A. to have a  rest           B. had rest

       C. having a rest            D. have a rest

(   ) 18. We may  have a  meeting tomorrow, but we_____.

       A. have   B. don't have C. don't have to  D. may not have

(   ) 19. Who has  the fewest apples, Tom, Li Lei ____Kate?

        A. and        B. or          C. but         D. with

(   ) 20. Why  does she  look so ____.

        A. worry      B. worrying     C. worried      D. worries

五、在必要的地方填上适当的冠词:

1. Tom and Mike talked for_____hour and____half this afternoon.

2. You may tell Dick _____wgike story.

3. Walk along ______road, and take ______first turning on  ____

  left.

4. There is ______American boy  in our class. His name is ______

  Tom.

5. Grandma is ill. I must take her  to ______hospital.

6. Summer holidays will begin ______next month.

7. ______ old woman has  two children, _____son and ______

  daughter. _____son is _____doctor and  _____daughter is _____

  teacher.

8. I think you'll have____ good time.

9. Mr and Mrs  Shute had ____daughter called Jane.

  Ther they had ____second child…_____son.

10. One day, ______ Shutes heard that thers was _____ good 

   doctor in____ town not  far away.

六、句型变换:

1. He has to  wash all  the plates and  things after meals.(划线提问)

2. You need to  wear lots of  warm clothes.(同上)

3. I'd like to  take the one  on the right.(同上)

4. He comes to  see us once a  year.(同上)

5. We really enjoyed working on  the farm.(同上)

6. Jim and his  friends went to  help the farmers.(同上)

7. Peter has to  stay at home.(改为疑问句)

8. My mother does morning exercises every day.(同上)

9. They are going to  have a football match next Sunday.(同上)

10. They have been there brfore.(同上)

11. I carght a  cold yesterday. (同上)

12. I shall go  to the zoo  by bike tomorrow.(同上)

七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:

1. I _________(tell) him the  news as soon as  I _____(see) him.

2. The workers ____________(not go) home until they _________

  (finish) the work last night.

3. It often ________(rain) in summer. It __________(rain) hard last 

  night. It ____________(not rain) now.

4. Tom and Mike _______(be) much taller this year than they____

  (be) last year.

5. It's time for  breakfast. Let's stop ________(read).

6. When my children________(be) young, I _______(be) busy all 

  day long. I often________(clean) the horse after the  children

  ____(go) to bed.

7. When I ________(show) him the  book, he ______(say) it ______

  (be) a good book.

8. I _____(see) him six nonths ago  when he_____(be) in  hospital.

9. Please ________(be) there at 2:00. Don't let  us________(wait).

10. His nother_____(make) him ____(do) the washing  himself.

八、改错句:

(   ) 1. ______ There is  going to have a  sports meet in our 

                            A          B     C   

       school next month.

                 D                            

(   ) 2. ______ Our English teacher is nearly forty, but she  looks 

                      A        B   C              

      more younger than she  is.

        D

(   ) 3. ______ It is  time for go  to school.

             A     B   C       D                   

(   ) 4. ______ When he  reached home he  turned on the  radio

                        A                  B    

       and listen to  the weather report.

            C             D                      

(   ) 5. ______ She usually washes her  clothes, cleans the floor, 

                          A                     B   

      and keeps everything to clean and  tidy on Sunday morning.

                           C                   D

(   ) 6. ______ Must I  clean the room now? No, you  mustn't.

                     A   B        C            D   

(   ) 7. ______ Everything are much lighter on the  noon than on

                       A      B       C            

       the earth.

        D                                     

(   ) 8.______In winter it  is much colder in Beijing than Fuzhou.

               A              B       C           D

(   ) 9. ______ She had  a swim this morning, hadn't she?

                       A        B        C     D   

(   ) 10. ______ I'll go  to play with you  if I am  going to  be free

               A          B                  C        

        tomorrow.

          D                                        

初二英语期末试卷

 

一、指出下列每组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的一

    个单词:

(   ) 1. Husband  A. sandwich B. danger   C. madam D. total

(   ) 2. hard    A. August   B. autumn  C. care   D. laugh

(   ) 3. visitor   A. season   B. worse   C. lesson  D. pleasure

(   ) 4. noodle   A. foot      B. bookshop C. good   D. cool

(   ) 5. opposite  A. October  B. tomato  C. stop   D. somebody

(   ) 6. fruit     A. full      B. building  C. tooth   D. enough

(   ) 7. hair      A. idea     B. hear    C. pioneer D. Mary

(   ) 8. started   A. waited   B. hear    C. helped  D. studied

(   ) 9. thin      A. tooth              B. southern 

              C. themselves          D. feather

(   ) 10. clever   A. hurt      B. visitor   C. short   D. learn

二、找出适当的字母或字线组合、使单词完整、正确:

(   ) 1. pas____ge A. se       B. a       C. sa     D. sea

(   ) 2. twe____th A. lve      B. lf       C. fl      D. lv

(   ) 3. p____ nic A. ic       B. ik       C. i      D. ec

(   ) 4. gard____n A. o       B. a        C. /      D e

(   ) 5. condu____ A. tor      B. ctor      C cter    D. ter

(   ) 6. jum____  A. b       B. k        C. p     D. t

(   ) 7. deli____s  A. siou     B. ciou      C. ser    D. cer

(   ) 8. po____t   A. ke      B. ki        C. eki    D. cke

(   ) 9. ho____day A. le       B. la        C. li    D. lo

(   ) 10. hap____lyA. pe      B. py       C. pi    D. i

三、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:

1. full (反义词)_____________ 2. finish (第三人称单数)__________

3. health (形容词)__________ 4. five (序数词)_______________

5. popular (比较级)__________ 6. ill (最高级)________________

7. strong (副词)_____________ 8. we (反身代词)_____________

9. operate (名词)____________ 10. hit (现在分词)______________

11. bring (过去式)____________ 12. monkey (复数)____________

四、用some,somthing,somebody,any,anything,anybody, nothing,

   nobody,everything 和 everybody 填空:

1. Please give me__________ to read. I have __________to do.

2. Do you  know __________ about  this bood?

  No, I know __________ about it.

3. Has __________ found my  watch?

4. __________ is singing in  the room. Let's see  who it is.

5. __________ of us  like singing, others like dancing.

6. There is  not__________ red paper here.

7. Has __________ given him  the money?

8. __________ in this  group must obey his  order.

9. Mother is  going to buy  __________ apples.

10. Not __________ in the  USA is rich.

五、选择填空:

(   ) 1. It is  warm in the  room. You gad better___your sweater.

       A. put on    B. wear     C. put off    D. take off

(   ) 2. Don't forget ____ your photo to  school tomorrow.

       A. to bring   B. bringing  C. bring      D. brintgs

(   ) 3. He ___ late if  he _____up early tomorrow.

       A. is … doesn't get        B. will be … doesn't get

       C. is … won't get         D. will be … won't get

(   ) 4. Mary likes watering the  trees in the  garden, _____?

       A. isn't she B. doesn't she  C. doesn't Mary D. does she

(   ) 5. _____ first he  didn't like English.

       A. In      B. On        C. At        D. For

(   ) 6. I don't know what made made him _____ that.

       A. do      B. to do      C. doing     D. does

(   ) 7. You'd better_____when you  get up.

       A. not to wake me  up    B. not to wake up  me

       C. not wake up  me      D. not wake me  up

(   ) 8. Everything in  those gardens ______ beautiful.

       A. looks    B. look     C . are      D. has

(   ) 9. There are ____ in the  room.

       A. too much people     B. much too people

       C. too many people     D. many too  people

(   ) 10. Do you  enjoy _____music?

       A. to listen to         B. listening to

       C. to listen            D. listning

(   ) 11. Do you  know why_____the day  before yesterday?

       A. didn't he come         B. he didn't come

       C. doesn't he come        D. he doesn't come

(   ) 12. _____interesting books they are!

       A. How      B. How an   C. What    D. What an

(   ) 13. He listened but  he could_____ nothing.

       A. listened    B. heard      C. listen    D. hear

(   ) 14. We must keep everything in  the classroom___and tidy.

       A. cleaning   B. clean      C. to clean  D. cleaned

(   ) 15. If you  want to be  thinner, you have to ___more                   exercise.

       A. make     B. does      C. spend    D. take

(   ) 16. The boy  is_____ young to go  to school, so he  stays 

        with his grandma at  home.

       A. too       B. so       C. very      D. much

(   ) 17. When the  teacher came into the  classmoom, the                   students stopped______.

       A. talked    B. to  talk   C. talk      D. talking

(   ) 18. I _____go until my  mother comes back.

       A. will      B. won't     C. want      D. want to

(   ) 19. He told me ____ you anything to  eat.

       A. do not bring          B. don't bring

       C. not to bring          D. to  not bring

(   ) 20. _____ these words the  tiger jumped ____the river.

       A. With … into         B. With … onto

       C. As … into          D. Of … onto

(   ) 21. If the  policeman says ' stop', you ____stop.

       A. need     B. may     C. must     D. can

(   ) 22. It's very dangerous _____in the  deep water.

       A. swim    B. to swim  C. swimming D. swims

(   ) 23. He ____ and hit  his leg on  a bable.

       A. falls     B. felt      C. fell      D. fall

(   ) 24. I din't know she _____speak English so  well.

       A. could    B. can      C. must     D. may

(   ) 25. He is  now_____ a visit to  England.

       A. at       B. to       C. on       D. in

(   ) 26. He has____milk and ____oranges than I.

       A. less … fewer         B. less … less

       C. fewer … fewer       D. fewer … less

(   ) 27. — ____do you feel?  — I feel very cold.

       A. What    B. When    C. How      D. Where

(   ) 28. This city is_____than that one.

       A. very beautifuler      B. much beautifuler

       C. very more beautiful   D. much more beautiful

(   ) 29. Let me  give you____ to eat.

       A. different something   B. something different

       C. anything different    D. different anything

(   ) 30. You____do it  if you don't want to.

       A. mustn't    B. can't   C. needn't   D. won't

六、句型变换:

1. I told him the  whole story.(划线提问)

2. He made faces because he  wanted to make the  other people

  laugh.(同上)

3. We enjoyed ourselves very much.(同上)

4. The No. 72 bus  will take you  there. (同上)

5. The address was  on a piece of  paper.(同上)

6. They asked me  to thank your mother.(同上)

7. Mr Black stayed in  Beijing for half a  year.(同上)

8. He usually has  lunch at school. (改为疑问句)

9. The radio says the  rain will stop later on.(改为反意问句)

10. There are  few people in  the room.(同上)

七、每空填一词,使其意思与第一句意思基本相同:

1. I told him  all the story.  I told him  the __________story.

2. There were no  classes this afternoon.

  There were__________ any classes this afternoon.

3. Your father is  ill. Who is looking after him?

  Your father is  ill. Who is______ _______ ________ him?

4. The girl didn't cry  any mors.

  the girl________ ________ cried.

5. Half an  hour later it  rained.

  ________ half an  hour it rained

6. Mr and  Mrs Shute had  a good time yesterday.

  Mr and  Mrs Shute________ ________ yesterday.

7. He said he  didn't see any  thing a moment ago.

  He said he  saw _______ a moment ago.

8. It's a  pleasure.    __________ a pleasure it  is!

八、用所给动词、词组的适当形式填空:

take care of,get dressed,do,not like,fall off,laugh at,be,see,wake up,find

1. Han Meimei can't ________ because her  left hand is  broken.

2. Mr Green cane to  Hangzhou__________ many  plces of great

  interest.

3. We mustn't________ him when he  makes mistakes and  we 

  must help him  instead.

4. Mary__________ her bike and  broke one of  her legs.

5. __________ your home near the  school?

6. My little brother always_________in the  middle of the  might.

7. At first I ________him but  now I do.

8. Go along this street. I think you__________the hospital in 

  front of  you.

9. I ________these exercises all  by myself last night.

10. Don't worry. I'll __________ your baby.

九、改错:

(   ) 1. _______he has to do a  lot of works in the  garden 

                  A   B           C   D

              every day.

(   ) 2. ________If you  want to be  thinner and  healthier, you 

                         A          B

              heve to eat  fewer food.

                 C       D

(   ) 3. ________ I think Mike's cake is  bigger than Jim.

                 A     B          C         D

(   ) 4. _________Granny Huan often hears the radio after 

                          A    B   C        D

             supper.

(   ) 5. ___________ I'm afraid there's wrong something with

                 A      B       C        D

             your watch.

(   ) 6. _______ What must he  have to do  if he wants to be 

                     A      B              C    D

               a good student?

(   ) 7. _______ I'm very hungry. Please take me  something 

              A       B           C         

             to eat.

              D

(   ) 8. _______ My uncle reached to Fuzhou early this morinig.

              A          B             C       D

(   ) 9. ________ I din't catch the  train, so I had to wait  

              thenext one.

(   ) 10. ______I aftaid English is  going to be difficult for me.

                  A                 B     C    D

十、完成下列对话:

A:_______ me, Can you________me how  to________to the 

   Children's Palace?

B:________, ________ Bus No, 48 and  get________huashan 

   Road. The Children's Palace ________near the  bus ________.

A:Can I_________there?

B:Yes. It's __________short walk. It only__________you about 

   twenty ________to walk.

A:Thanks ________lot.

B:________at all.

十一、完型填空:

Mrs Brown's old  grandfather lived with her  and her husband. Every morning he   1  for a  walk in the  park and came   2   at  half past twelve   3  his lunch.

But   4   a  police car   5   outside Mrs  Brown't house at  bwelve o'clock, and two  policemen helped Mr  Brown  6  out. One of  them said to  Mrs Brown. “The poor old  man lost his  way in the  park and telephone to  us for help,   7   we  sent a cer  to bring him  home.” Mrs Brown was  very surprised, but she   8   the  policemen and   9  left.

“But Grandfather, ” she then said. “You have been to  that park nearly every day  for twenty years. How did  you lose your way  there?”

the old  man smile,   10   one  eye and said, “ I didn't want to  walk home!”

(   ) 1. A. goes      B. went     C. had      D. has

(   ) 2. A. to home   B. homes    C. home     D. the home

(   ) 3. A. for       B. to        C. of        D. on

(   ) 4. A. on one  morning       B. in  one morning

       C. one of morning        D. one morning

(   ) 5. A. stops    B. stoped     C. stopped    D. to stop

(   ) 6. A. gets      B. to get    C. got       D. getting

(   ) 7. A. but      B. or        C. because    D. so

(   ) 8. A. thanked              B. thanded for

       C. thanks               D. to thank for

(   ) 9. A. they     B. he        C. she      D. we 

(   ) 10. A. close   B. closing     C. closed    D. closes 

十二、阅读理解:

A young boy  was playing with a  ball in the  street. He threw it  too hard, and it  broke the window of  a  house and  fell inside. A woman came to  the window and  shouted at the  boy. the boy was  frightened and ran  away. But he still wanted at  the  door and  said, “My father is  going to come and  repair your windows very soon.”

After a  while, a man came to  the door with  tools in  his hand, so the  woman let the  boy take his  ball away. When the  man finished repairing the  window, he said to  the woman, “Please pay  ten dollars.”

“But aren't you  the father of  the boy” the woman asked, looking surprised.“No,” he answered, looking more suprised,“Aren;t your his  mother?”

(   ) 1. The young boy  lost his ball becarse______.

       A. he broke the  window of his  house

       B. he went through the  window of the  woman's house

       C. the ball went through the  window

       D. the ball fell into the  woman's garden

(   ) 2. The young boy  ran away because_______.

       A. he was afraid of  the woman

       B. he went  to  lood for his  father

       C. he didn't want his  ball back

       D. he had to  get somebody here

(   ) 3. The boy  came back again because________.

       A. his father would come soon

       B. the woman was  his own mother

       C. he wanted to  get his ball back

       D. his father couldn't come

(   ) 4. The woman let  the boy take his  ball away because___.

       A. he repaired the  window

       B. his father repaired the  window

       C. she thought the  man was the  boy's father

       D. the boy was  honest

(   ) 5. Which of  the following is  true?

       A. The man knwe the  woman wasn't the  boy's mother

       B. The man thought the  woman was the  boy's mother

       C. The man was  the boy's father

       D. The boy was  the soon of  the woman

十三、完成下列句子:

1. Li Lei  had to go  to school on  foot______________________

  (因为他的自行车坏了).

2. I made your birthday cake last night_____________________

(当你在床上睡觉的时候)

3. Walk on_____________________________(一直走到路的尽头).

4. ________________________(你要不小心) a car may  hit you.

5. He is  very clever, _____________________(但他不努力学习).

6. Come before eight o'clock tomorrow_____________________

(你就会看到他哥哥).

7. The teacher wanted__________________________(马上回家去).

8. _________________________(我花半个钟头) to finish my  work

  yesterday afternoon.

9. Please give a  ring_______________________(致电达上海之后)

10.He is  too  short________________________(摘不到那些苹果).

Unit 22 — Unit 23

Ⅰ. Listen and choose 听句子,选择你所听到的单词:(每小题念一遍)

(   ) 1. A. why    B. wife      C. wait     D. way

(   ) 2. A. visit    B. busy     C. easy     D. city

(   ) 3. A. green   B. begin    C. bring     D. ring

(   ) 4. A. smow   B. show     C. blow    D. so

(   ) 5. A. meet   B. meal      C. mean    D.leave

Ⅱ. Listen and choose 听对话,选择正确答案:(对话念两遍)

(   ) 1. A. He wants to  go to a  park in Beijing.

       B. He wants to  go to the  Beijing Zoo.

       C. He wants to  go to the  factory in Beijing.

       D. He wants to  go to a  school in Beijing.

(   ) 2. A. Yes, he does.       B. No, he doesn't.

       C. No, he does.        D. Yes, he doesn't.

(   ) 3. A. He asks a  woman and she  tells him the  way.

       B. He asks a  man, but the man  doesn't know the  way.

       C. He asks a  policeman and he  tells him how  to get there.

       D. He asks a  boy, but he doesn't answer.

(   ) 4. A. He gets there by  train.  B. He gets there by  bus.

       C. He gets there on  foot.  D. He gets there by  car.

(   ) 5. A. Yes, it is.             B. No, it isn't

       C. No, it's  quite near, only about two  minutes' walk from here.

       D. No, it's very far  from here.

Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听问句,选择恰当的答语:(问句念两遍)

(   ) 1. A. It's not  very nice.    B. It's very small.

       C. Walk along the  street and turn right. It's not  far.

       D. It's a busy street.

(   ) 2. A. I'm sorry.           B. That's all right.

       C. Thank you very much. D. Excuse me.

(   ) 3. A. Go to  school.        B. Go to see  a doctor.

       C. Go for a  walk.       D. Take exercise.

(   ) 4. A. I shall ask  a teacher.  B. I shall ask  a cleaner.

       C. I shall ask  an officer. D. I shall ask  a policeman.

(   ) 5. A. I shall do  my best.   B. No, not at  all.

       C. You are ritht.        D. Thank you.

Ⅳ. Listen and write 听录音,填写所缺的词语:(短文念两遍)

It was  a 1__________ spring morning 2________ London. An old  woman went to  see the doctor, because her  3________ hurt. The  woman 4________ to the  hospital very early. There were many people in  the 5________ room. Soon after, an 6________ came into the  room. He walked quikly to  the 7________ room. The old  woman stood up  and 8________ him. She said, “You must wait for  your 9________.”She did  not 10________ the Indian was  the  doctor.

Ⅴ. Listen and choose. 听短文,选择正确答案:(短文念两遍)

(   ) 1. Jim  didn't go to  school this week because_____.

       A. his hand was  hurt       B. his arm hurt

       C. he didn't do  his homework D. his mother was  ill

(   ) 2. Jim fell down from the  tree when he____.

       A. played  with his friends  B. helped the  farmers pick apples

       C. helped the farmers clean the  house D. flew the  kite

(   ) 3. Jim's ____ brought him  to see the  doctor.

       A. father    B. mother     C. friends    D. teacher

(   ) 4. There were_____ children in  the hospital.

       A. a lot of  B. some      C. few      D. a  few

(   ) 5. Jim waited for  ____before he saw  the doctor.

       A. less than two  hours    B. more than two  hours

       C. two hours            D. three hours

Unit 24 — Unit 25

Ⅰ. Listen and choose 听句子,选择你所听到的单词:(每小题念一遍)

(   ) 1. A. instead   B. bread    C. best     D. rest

(   ) 2. A. ready    B. rainy     C. many    D. tidy

(   ) 3. A. wrong    B. long      C. song    D. along

(   ) 4. A. away    B. ago       C. afraid    D. again

(   ) 5. A. sad      B. bad      C. bed     D. head

Ⅱ. Listen and coose  听单词,选出你所听到的单词的重读音节所共有

   的元音音素:(每小题念一遍)

(   ) 1. A. [C:]    B. [Q]       C. [B:]    D. [ei]

(   ) 2. A. [U]     B. [U:]      C. [Q]      D. [C]

(   ) 3. A. [e]     B. [A]       C. [ei]     D. [I:]

(   ) 4. A. [I]      B. [ai]       C. [5aI[]   D. [i[]

(   ) 5. A. [[:]    B. [[]       C. [C]     D. [aU]

Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听问句,选择恰当的答语:(问句念两遍)

(   ) 1. A. I am  late.          B. I am ill.

       C. I am busy.          D. I am in  hospital.

(   ) 2. A. I have to  wait outside. B. I have ti  go back home.

       C. I have to  say, “May I  come in?”

       D. I have to  say, “I'm sorry. I'm late.”

(   ) 3. A. Becuse he  is free.

       B. Because the doctor asks him  to help.

       C. Because he is  alone. D. Because he  likes watching TV.

(   ) 4. A. No, you muxtn't.     B. No, you meedn't.

       C. No, you won't.       D. No, you can't.

(   ) 5. A. I must take exercise. B. I must get  up at six.

       C. I mustn[t read in  bed. D. I must eat  much.

Ⅳ. Listen and write 听录音,把对话中所缺的部份补充完整:(对话念

   两遍)

T:Good morning, doctor.

D:Good morning. What's 1________, young man?

T:I don't feel very well today. My head 2________

D:Oh, let 3_________ look over you. Mn. Something 4________

   wrong with your head.

T:What do  I 5________ to do?

D:Have a  good 6________ and drink a  7________of water.

   You  will  8________ all right tomorrow.

Ⅴ. Listen and choose听对话,选择正确答案:(对话念两遍)

(   ) 1. A. Yes, he can.       B. No, he can't.

       C. He can stay here. D. He can  play basketball with Tom.

(   ) 2. A. Because it's raining heavily.

       B. Because he has  to do his  homework first.

       C. Because he doesn't like to  play football with Tom.

       D. Because he is  going to the  cinema.

(   ) 3. A. Because he  won't finish it  if he doesn't do  it first.

       B. Because he has  to cook meal for  his parents.

       C. Because he has  to hand in  his homework first.

       D. Because his mother is  ill.

(   ) 4. A. Tom.      B. Jim.     C. Mike.    D. John.

(   ) 5. A. It's cloudy to  day.      B. It's sunny today.

       C. It's windy today.       D. It's rainy.

Unit 26 — Unit 27

Ⅰ. Listen and choose 听句子,选择你所听到的单词:(每小题念一遍)

(   ) 1. A. shout    B. round      C. about     D. down

(   ) 2. A. himself   B. hereself    C. myself    D. yourself

(   ) 3. A. money   B. monkey    C. month    D. mouth

(   ) 4. A. play     B. great      C. grade     D. bread

(   ) 5. A. fly      B. fry        C. dry       D. cry

Ⅱ. Listen adn choose 听录音,选择与原句意思相似的句子:(每小题念

   两遍)

(   ) 1. A. They took care of  themselves. B. The had a  good time.

       C. The have  a  happy party.   D. The like it  very much.

(   ) 2. A. The girl stopped to  cry.    B. They girl began to  cry

       C. The girl stopped crying.  D. The girl didn't like crying.

(   ) 3. A. You must look at  these babies.

       B. You must look for  these babies.

       C. You must look after these babies.

       D. You must put  on these these babies.

(   ) 4. A. Maybe Lucy is  Mr Green's doctor.

       B. Maybe Lucy is  Mr Green's daughter.

       C. Maybe Lucy is  Mr Green's sister.

       D. Maybe Lucy is  Mr Green's student.

(   ) 5. A. I have to  go home because mother is  ill.

       B. I have to  go home because mother told me  to come 

         back early.

       C. I have to  go home because it  isn't early.

       D. I have to  stay here because it  is late.

Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听对话,选择正确答案:(对话念两遍)

(   ) 1. A. Li Lei.   B. Tom.      C. John and Tom.  D. Lucy.

(   ) 2. A. No, he isn't           B. Yes, he is.

       C. Li Lei can't           D. Li Lei can.

(   ) 3. A. Because he  can't swim in  the river.

       B. Because he is  old enough to  do it.

       C. Because his parents are  not at home these days.

       D. Because his friends are  going to see  him.

(   ) 4. A. John will help him  with  the work.

       B. Nobody. He wants to  do it all  by himself.

       C. His friends will help im. D. His parents wil  do the work.

(   ) 5. A. No, he can't    B. Sure, he can't. 

       C. He won't do  it with others.

       D. He thinks he  can. He wants to  learn to do  it by himself.

Ⅳ. Listen and write 听对话,填写家谱表:(对话念两遍)

Ⅴ. Listen and choose 听对话,选择正确答案:对话念两遍

(   ) 1. A. Winter holidays.       B. Summer holidays.

       C. Mid Autumn Day.     D. the twins' birthday.

(   ) 2. A. Himself.             B. With his friends.

       C. With his parents.      D. With his teachers. 

(   ) 3. A. Xi'an.    B. Wuhan.   C. Tianjing.  D. Beijing.

(   ) 4. A. They will take her.   B. No, they won't.

       C. Yes, they will.        D. They won't take her.

(   ) 5. A. Playing games.       B. Playing in the  sun.

       C. Swimming in the  sea. D. Taking a  walk.

Unit 22 — Unit 28

Ⅰ. Listen and choose  听句子,选择你所听到的单词:(每小题念一遍)

(   ) 1. A. sugar     B. sure     C. short     D. shoe

(   ) 2. A. alone     B. along    C. about    D. above

(   ) 3. A. brightly   B. night    C. right     D. light

(   ) 4. A. quick     B. quickly  C. quite     D. queue

(   ) 5. A. coat      B. road     C. boat      D. cold

Ⅱ.Listen and choose 选择能正确回答或紧接你所听到的句子的选项:

  (每小题念两遍)

(   ) 1. A. You'd better go  to see a  doctor.

       B. You'd better jump the  queue.

       C. You must have a  rest. D. You must get  up earlier tomorrow.

(   ) 2. A. Come in, please.   B. Sorry, I can't. 

       C. All right. Let's have a  talk. D. Not at  all.

(   ) 3. A. When they make some mistakes.

       B. When they are  ill. C. When they do  their homework.

       D. When they lift goes up  and down.

(   ) 4. A. He is  mending a bike.  B. He is  flying a kite.

       C. The kite is  broken.    D. He hurt himself.

(   ) 5. A. Yes, I can  see five.    B. I can  see the tenth.

       C. No, I can see  only one. D. I can  see five.

Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听录音,选择与原句意思相似的句子:(每小题念

   两遍)

(   ) 1. A. Could you  borrow five books from her?

       B May I borrow five books from you?

       C. Will you please borrow five books from Bill?

       D. Will you please lend five books from Bill?

(   ) 2. A. The students began to  make faces when the  teacher 

         came in.

       B. The students stopped making faces before the  teacher 

         come in.

       C. The students didn't make faces before the  teacher 

         came in.

       D. The students didn't make faces after the  teacher came in.

(   ) 3. A. It is  difficult.          B. It is a  pleasure.

       C. It is dangerous.        D. It is safe.

(   ) 4. A. There was  nobody on the  island except themselves.

       B. There was no  one on the  island.

       C. There was someone else on  the island.

      D. There were a  few people with them.

(   ) 5. A. Why don't you  watch TV tomorrow night?

       B. Why not come and  mend TV tonight?

       C. Please come and  watch TV tonight.

       D. Don't watch TV  tonight.

Ⅳ. Listen and choose听问句,找出相应答语并写上问句的序号:(每句念两遍)

(   ) 1. It's half past nine.

(   ) 2. Yes, please. I want some eggs and  a cup of  tea.

(   ) 3. It's about two  kilometres away.

(   ) 4. I'm from Shanghai, too.

(   ) 5. That's good idea.

(   ) 6. Certainly, here you are.

Ⅴ. Listen and choose 听短文,选择正确答案:(短文念两遍)

(   ) 1. A. Mr Turner.  B. Mr Green.  C. Mrs Turner. D. Mrs Green.

(   ) 2. A. To come and  have lunch with here and  her husband.

       B. To come and  have supper with her  and her husband.

       C. To come and  have lunch with her  friends.

       D. To come and  have a birthday party.

(   ) 3. A. There was  much food in  the house.

       B. There was a  little food in  the house.

       C. There was a  little rice and  bread in the  house.

       D. There was little food in  the house.

(   ) 4. A. He remembered.        B. Yes, he did.

       C. No, he didn't.          D. He forgot.

(   ) 5. A. Because Mr  Gree forgot to  take the meat out  of the 

         car at first.

       B. Because Mr Green ran  out and drowe to  buy.

       C. Because Mrs Green bought the  meat yesterday.

       D. BEcause a friend brought it  over.

新编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 1)

A 卷

班级:______ 座号:______  姓名:_________

一、在下列各组中找出一个划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。5%

(   ) 1. A. turn      B. term     C. first     D. doctor

(   ) 2. A. carrot    B. stand    C. many    D. animal

(   ) 3. A. mother   B. job      C. colour    D. other

(   ) 4. A. wardrob  B. market   C. artist     D. dark

(   ) 5. A. ouch     B. teacher   C. machine   D. chicken

二、词汇。12%

(1) 根据英文释义写出相应的单词。(5分)

1. __________ the ninth  month (月) of a year.

2. __________ not the  same.

3. __________ take out  what you want from some of  many

4. __________ time when schools are  open

5. __________ not long, not tall

(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(7分)

1. — Miss Zhao! Here are  some flowers, ______ our best  _____

  —  __________ very much.

2. — I'm sorry I'm  late, Mr Li.

  — It doesn't __________ this time.

3. — Do you know the ________ between these two  words, Kate?

  — Yes, I do.

4. I think English is  an __________ subject (科目).

5. We __________ pens for  writing.

三、选择填空。15%

(   ) 1. Welcome _______ .

       A. back home        B. back to home

       C. back to Fuzhou    D. back Fuzhou

(   ) 2. I'm sorry I'm  late, _______ my bike is  broken.

       A. but    B. and     C. so    D. because

(   ) 3. I'm a  new teacher here, _______ all your names.

       A. so I know        B. so I don't know

       C. but I don't know  D. because I  know

(   ) 4. Please_______ “here” when I call your names.

       A. speak    B. tell    C. say    D. talk

(   ) 5. — What day is  it tomorrow?  — It's_______ .

       A. Teacher  day      B. Teacher's Day

       C. the Teachers' Day   D. Teachers' Day

(   ) 6. — Can you_______ tomorrow?  — Yes, I can.

       A. be here on  time  B. here on  time here

       C. be here on  the time  D. be here in  the time

(   ) 7. The students give their teacher a  card _______ some 

       words _______ it.

       A. with, with   B. with, on  C. and, on   D. and, in

(   ) 8. I'm thinking about _______ in class tomorrow.

       A.to say what          B. what saying

       C. what to say          D. saying what

(   ) 9. — Why don't you  talk _______ English names?

       — Because I can't.

       A. for     B. with       C. to      D. about

(   ) 10. This is  Robert Thomas Brown. We call him _______.

       A. Mr Robert  B. Mr Thomas  C. Mr Brown  D. A or  B

(   ) 11. Li Tao  is a Chinese boy. Li is  his _______ name.

       A. family    B. middle     C. last    D. given

(   ) 12. This is  our _______ lesson.

       A. first     B. first one   C. the first  D. one

(   ) 13. — Does Mary often help you _______ your English?

        — Yes, she does.

       A. for      B. by        C. with     D. at

(   ) 14. — What can you  see on the  desk?

        — I am  see _______ books.

       A. some    B. any       C. much     D. a lot

(   ) 15. They have two  children, ____ son and _____ daughter.

       A. one, the other   B. a, the other  C. a, one   D. a, a

四、用所给的动词适当形式填空。12%(每空 1分)

1. _________ (not put) your things here, please.

2. Miss Green _________ (teach) English and  maths. She ______

  (teach) maths now.

3. — Can I buy  any school things from the  shop now?

  — No, it is __________ (close).

4. Mary often __________ (help) her mother __________ (make)

  cakes at  home.

5. — _________ Kate __________ (have) a  Chinese lesson now?

  — Yes, she __________.

  — ______ Kate _______(have) a  Chinese lesson every day?

  — Yes, she __________.

五、情景交际,从 B 栏中找出与 A 栏相对应的句子。10%

A                      B

(  )1. I'm sorry I'm  late, Mr Black.        A. Certainly, here you are.

(   )2. May I  borrow your English dictionary, Kate?  B. She is  a new student, Mary.

(  )3. Who is  the girl under the  tree?     C. That's sll right.

(  )4. What's that in  your box, Tom?      D. It's ten yuan.

(  )5. Welcome to  my home.             E. Thank you.

(  )6. What's there in  the lake?        F. There is  a boy swimming there.

(  )7. How much is  a piece of  meat?      G. Yes, we do.

(  )8. Don't we  have any eggs?           H. Speaking, please.

(  )9. May I  speak to Uncle Wang, Please?   I. A new  pen.

(  )10. What about going boating now?    J. That's a good idea.

六、按要求完成下面句子。10%

1. Tom has  lunch at school every day.(改为否定句)

  Tom ___________ __________ lunch at school every day.

2. I'm sorry to  be late today. (改为同义句)

  I'm sorry __________ __________ today.

3. It's Sunday today. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ is it  today?

4. Li Ming isn't here, because he  is ill. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ Li Ming here?

5. The woman in white is  Kate's mother. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ is Kate's mother?

七、下列各句 A、B、C、D 中有一处是错的,请把错误处的字母标号

   写在括号内,并在横线上改正。10%

(  ) 1. This is my the  first day in this school. ____________

        A          B       C     D

(  ) 2. The children are  having a fun playing games.________

            A             B       C     D

(  ) 3. Now let me call you names.          ____________

       A     B    C     D

(  ) 4. Please give my  best wish to Mr  Wu.    ____________

        A    B           C      D

(  ) 5. — Do you think English is quite different with Chinese?

                     A      B      C       D

      — Yes, I think so.                   ___________

八、把下面句子译成英语。6%

1. 多谢你的帮助。 _______________________________________

2. 玛丽叫我帮她考虑一个中国名字。

   _____________________________________________________

3. 汤姆问我要上哪一所学校。

   _____________________________________________________

九、完形填空:10%

Han Mei  and Lucy are  looking at   1   family photo.

  2   that?” asks Han Mei. “The man  near the river.”

“That's my  uncle,”says Lucy.“He likes fishing. Can you  see what he  is doing? He's   3   a  fish.”

“Who are  those people   4   the  river?”

“Oh, they are   5   friends. You can't see  them very   6   . They are   7  !”

“Where are  you? Are you in  the picture?”

“Yes,   8   on  that boat, there,   9   the  river!”

“Do  you like boating?”

“Yes, I do. Look, there's my  father. He's   10   lunch, and that's my  mother. She's helping him.”

“It's a  very nice photo.” says Han Mei.

(   ) 1. A. Lucy's    B. Lucy     C. Han Mei's   D. Han Mei

(   ) 2. A. What's   B. What are  C. Who's       D. Who're

(   ) 3. A. buying   B. catching  C. playing      D. putting

(   ) 4. A. on       B. at       C. by         D. in

(   ) 5. A. my some B. many     C. some of my D. my all

(   ) 6. A. fine      B. well      C. good       D. nice

(   ) 7. A. skating   B. skiing    C. walking     D. swimming

(   ) 8. A. I and  Lily are        B. Lily and I  am

       C. I and Lily have       D. Lily and I  are

(   ) 9. A. on       B. in        C. at         D. near

(   ) 10. A. having   B. looking at  C. doing       D. making

十、阅读下面短文,然后判断句子正“T”误 “F”。10%

Miss Zhao is  a new teacher of  Class One. She teacher English. She likes wearing a  white dress. She speaks English very well. The students like her  lessons very much, and she  loves her students. But she  doesn't know all  their names. Li Lei  is the monitor (班长). he has all  the names on  a piece of  paper. He  gives the  paper to Miss Zhao.

(   ) 1. Miss Zhao is  a teacher of  English.

(   ) 2. She likes wearing a  white blouse.

(   ) 3. She likes her  students.

(   ) 4. She knows some of  the students' names.

(   ) 5. The monitor tells her  the names of  his class.

新编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 2)

A 卷

班级:______ 座号:______  姓名:_________

一、在下列各组单词中,找出一个重音位置不同于其它三个的词。5%

(   ) 1. A. afraid    B. company   C. dinner   D. housework

(   ) 2. A. happy     B. hotel      C. traffic    D. holiday

(   ) 3. A. second   B. agree      C. country   D. century

(   ) 4. A. boating   B. carrot     C. meaning  D. September

(   ) 5. A. restaurant B. never     C. machine  D. Saturday

二、词汇。20%

(1) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(12分)(每空1分)

1. Are you  going ________ a trip to  the seaside?

2. Do they have any ________ getting to  the top of  the mountain?

3. Mary is  tired. So she is  going to ________ a ________.

4. ________ up or  we'll be late.

5. They are  going to the  shop to do  some ________.

6. Let's ________ with the  first two lines below(以下).

7. The child is  eating a new ________ of fruit.

8. — What are you  going to ________ ?

  — We are going to ________ the game on  TV.

9. The shoes are  too dirty (脏的). I'm going to ________ them.

10. — What's your ________ fruit?      — Apples.

(2) 用所给的词适当形式填空。(8分)

1. My bike is ________ (break). May I  borrow ________ (you)?

2. Mr John is  a ________ (Canada).

3. Miss Chen is  a _____________ worker. She  does everything

  ________ (care).

4. They are  going to have a ________ (meet) tomorrow.

5. Would you  like to go ________ (hike) with us?

6. She goes to  school ________ (early) than (比) yesterday.

三、选择填空。15%

(   ) 1. We are  going to discuss the  matter ____.

       A. on next Sunday        B. next Sunday

       C. in next Sunday        D. at next Sunday

(   ) 2. ______ are you  going _____?

       A. Where, /   B. Where, to  C. What, /  D. How, to do

(   ) 3. Let the  students _____ it this afternoon.

       A. to do    B. doing     C. do      D. does

(   ) 4. I'm sure that's going to ____.

       A. be a fun  B. be fun   C. have a  fun  D. have fun

(   ) 5. Are you  going boating ______ the river?

       A. by        B. near    C. in        D. on

(   ) 6. Class One  often play ______ with Class Two.

       A. a basketball          B. the basketball

       C. basketball           D. basketballs

(   ) 7. Is Ann  going to see  Uncle Huang the  day _____?

       A. after today           B. after tomorrow

       C. before yesterday      D. after yesterday

(   ) 8. They are  discussing ____they  are  going to do  the work.

       A. what     B. that       C. how      D. /

(   ) 9. — Which way may  we ______?   — This way, please.

       A. go       B. go to    C. come     D. come to

(   ) 10. Sometimes we  go out ____ a walk after supper.

       A. to       B. by       C. of       D. for

(   ) 11. — I'm sorry I  forget your name.  — ______.

       A. You are right         B. You're welcome

       C. Not at all           D. It doesn't matter

(   ) 12. She is  writing ____ the blackboard  not ____ the paper.

       A. on, on    B. on, in     C. at, on    D. in, in

(   ) 13. — Do you usually go  to school by  bus?

        — _____. I often go  to school by  bike.

       A. Yes, I do  B. No, I don't  C. Yes, I don't'  D. No, I do

(   ) 14. She uses a  dictionary _____ her  learn English.

       A. help      B. helping     C. to help     D. for

(   ) 15. — Can you answer all  the questions _____ page 80.

        — No. But I  can answer ______.

       A. on, some of them       B. on, any of them

       C. in, many of them       D. at, any of them

四、情景交际,从 B 栏中找出与 A 栏相对应的句子。10%

A                      B

(  )1. Are you  going fishing?           A. Certainly, here you are.

(  )2. We're not going to  the party    B. Because he has  something important to  do.

(  )3. Be quick. The train is  leaving.     C. He's a bus  driver.

(  )4. Why does she  have to go?  D. Why not? We're going to  have a lot  of fun there.

(  )5. What's your father's job?    E. No. I'm going to  stay at home and  watch TV.

五、选用框格中所给的句子,完成下面对话。20%

    A:What are you  going to do  tomorrow?

(   )B:  1  .How about you?

    A:We are going hiking.

(   )B:   2   .

    A:To the mountain.

(   )B:   3   .

    A:Ten of us.

(   )B:   4  .

(   )A:Certainly,    5   .

(   )B:   6   .

    A:By bike.

(   )B:   7   .

    A:Apples and pears.

(   )B:By the way,    8   .

    A:At nine.

(   )B:   9   .

    A:What about eight?

(   )B:   10   . See you tomorrow.

    A:See you then.

六、用框格中的动词适当形式填空,每词只能使用一次。10%

Jill _______ an American boy. He ________ in a  middle school in Beijing. His parents are  in Beijing, too. Jill ________ with them. His father ________ in a  college (大学). His mother is  a doctor. She __________ in a hospital. They ________ China and  the Chinese people. And they ________ Chinese food very much. They often ________ to the  restaurant to ________ chinese food. They all _________ China is  a great country.

七、句形转换:根据要求完成下面句子,每空只填一个单词。10%(每空 0.5分)

1. She does some housework in  the evening. (改为否定句)

  She ________ ________ ________ housework in the  evening.

2. Kate has  a seat next to  Ann. (改为疑问句)

  ________ Kate ________ a seat next to  Ann?

3. They are  going to have a  picnic tomorrow.(改为同义句)

  They are  going to ________ ________ a picnic tomorrow.

4. Why don't you  go shopping with us?(改为同义句)

  ________ ________ go shopping with us?

5. Tom walks to  school every day. (改为同义句)

  Tom ________ to school ________ ________ every day.

6. There are  ten flowers in  the basket. (对句子划线部分提问)

  ________ ________ flowers ________ ________ in the basket?

7. He sees  a  boat on the  river. (对句子划线部分提问)

  ________ ________ he see  on the river?

8. John and  Tom often meet Mr King in  the street on 

                Sundays?(对句子划线部分提问)

  ____________ ____________ John and Tom  often meet in 

  the street on  Sundays?

八、阅读理解,根据短文内容,选择正确答案。10%

There are  many of ants (蚂蚁) in America. One kind of  them is very strong (强壮的). People are afraid of  it, and animals  are afraid of  it, too.

There ants move in  large groups. They eat  all the animals on  their way. They can  kill (杀死) and eat  any elephants (大象) and they can  eat wood (木头) houses. Sometimes  the ants can  kill people. When the  ants come near, people leave their homes. But people are  sometimes glad after the  ants pass through, because they acn  see no insects (昆虫) or snakes (蛇).

(   ) 1. Some ants in  America can be  very _____.

       A. heavy      B. strong     C. light    D. thick

(   ) 2. People and  animals are afraid of _____.

       A. one kind of  ants        B. all kinds of  ants

       C. small ants             D. big ants

(   ) 3. People get  away from the  ants because _____.

       A. they can eat  and kill elephants

       B. they can eat  wood houses too

       C. They travel in  large group

       D. they can even kill people

(   ) 4. — Why do the  insects or the  snakes disappear (消灭)

         after the ants pass through?    — ______.

       A.They hide (隐藏) themselves under the  ground (地面).

       B. They move to  other places before the  ants come.

       C. The ants kill and  eat the insects and  the  snakes.

       D. People kill the  insects and the  snakes.

(   ) 5. — Which is the  best title (题目) for the story?

       — ______.

       A. Ants  B. American Ants  C. A Big  Ant D. A Strong Ant

新编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 1 ~ 2)

B 卷

班级:______ 座号:______  姓名:_________

一、选出你所听到的单词。(每个词听二遍)  5%

(   ) 1. A. help     B. health    C. head    D. heavy

(   ) 2. A. team    B. tear      C. tell     D. term

(   ) 3. A. smoke   B. smog    C. sock     D. stop

(   ) 4. A. fifty     B. fish      C. field    D. fifth

(   ) 5. A. draw    B. door     C. down    D. doll

二、听对话,选择正确的答语。(每小题听二遍) 10%

(   ) 1. A. Ann.              B. Wei Hua. 

       C. Ann and Wei  Hua.   D. I'm sorry I  don't know.

(   ) 2. A. Sunday.  B. Tuesday. C. Wednesday.  D. Saturday.

(   ) 3. A. Kate.    B. Mary.   C. Ann.       D. B and C.

(   ) 4. A. Five    B. Six.     C. Seven.      D. Eight.

(   ) 5. A. Liu Ying and  Han Mei. B. Han Mei  and Liu Ying.

       C. Kate and Han  Mei.     D. Liu Ying.

三、在下列各组中找出划线部分与所给单词划线部分读音相同的词。5%

(   ) 1. A. only    B. often    C. today     D. code

(   ) 2. A. land    B. water   C. happy     D. wash

(   ) 3. A. east    B. sweater  C. clean      D. great

(   ) 4. A. ball    B. half    C. salesgirl   D. walk

(   ) 5. A. fifth    B. health   C. with      D.they

四、词汇:17%

(1) 用所给的词适当形式填空。(5分)

1. She is ________ (worry) about that matter.

2. There are  two __________ (knife) on  the table.

3. The __________ (eight) lesson is hard to  learn.

4. Do you  know the ________ (mean) of the word?

5. The child is  running __________ (quick) into  the house.

(2) 根据题意适当的词填空。(12分)

This is  a picture __________ a beautiful sea. __________ sea is blue. There __________ some ships __________ it. We can _______ three people near the  sea. A man, a woman __________ a boy. We  can see __________ sun in  the sky. There __________ a lot  of birds in  the sky, __________. There is a  house near the  sea. It's a new  house. Do many people __________ in __________? Sorry, I __________ know.

五、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. — Let's go boating ______ the river.

       — No. Let's go  fishing ______ the lake.

       A. on, in     B. in, on     C. in, in    D. on, on

(   ) 2. — Are we going ______ the mountains?

       — Yes. Now let's discuss ___ we are  going to get  there.

       A. on, how    B. to, how    C. on, when   D. to, what

(   ) 3. Class Two ______ big. There ______ fifty students in  it.

       A. are, are    B. is, is    C. is, are   D. are is

(   ) 4. — Are they going hiking ______ their field trip?

       — Yes. But I  don't know ______ they are  going.

       A. to, how    B. to, why   C. to, where  D. on, where

(   ) 5. Can you  use the following sentences ___your own  questions

       A. make    B. make up  C. making   D. to make up

(   ) 6. We are  going to discuss the  questions. Would you like ____?

       A. to       B. to come   C. coming   D. come

(   ) 7. — Are you going hiking _____ week?

       — No. We are  going hiking _____ Sunday.

       A. next, this  B. the next, this  C. next, on this  D. the next, on

(   ) 8. Can you  see many different _____ there?

       A. kind of apples        B. kinds of apples

       C. kinds of apple        D. kind of apple

(   ) 9. — What does John often do?    — _____.

       A. He's a driver         B. He works hard

       C. He goes to  school late D. He plays pingpong

(   ) 10. — What time are  you going to  leave?    — _____.

       A. Ten o'clock          B. Two hours

       C. Early in the  morning   D. Sometimes

六、用框格中所提供的选项,完成下面对话,其中二个为多余选项。10%

(   ) 1. — May I borrow your ruler?  — _______________

(   ) 2. — How are your parents?  — _______________

(   ) 3. — I'm sorry I'm  late.    — _______________

(   ) 4. — How do you  usually go to  school every day?

       — _______________

(   ) 5. — Thanks a lot.    — _______________

(   ) 6. — Can I call you  Mr John?   — _______________

(   ) 7. — How many boats can  you see in  the river?

       — _______________

(   ) 8. — Are you going shopping?    —_______________

(   ) 9. — What are you  good at drawing? —_______________

(   ) 10. — What would you  like to listen to?  — _______________

七、句型转换,要按要求完成下各句。8%(每空 0.5分)

1. Why not  do the work now? (改为同义句)

  __________ __________ you do the  work now?

2. Many people go  swimming? (改为同义句)

  __________ __________ __________ people go swimming.

3. We do  it no more. (改为同义句)

  We __________ do it __________ __________.

4. Let's have a  picnic. (改为同义句)

  Let's __________ __________ a picnic.

5. He wants to  see the park again, because it  is very 

beautiful.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ he want to  see the park again?

6. Mike is  going boating with Kate. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ is Mike going boating __________?

7. They are  going to discuss the  questions. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ are they going to __________?

8. It's about nine o'clock by  my watch. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ is it by  your watch?

八、把下列句子译成英语。15%

1. 在聚会上我们肯定会玩得很痛快。

   _____________________________________________________

2. 吉姆是詹姆斯(James)的简称。

   _____________________________________________________

3. 我们在做这工作时遇到一些问题。

   _____________________________________________________

4. 吉姆被鞋子绊倒了。

   _____________________________________________________

5. 恐怕我们走错了路。

   _____________________________________________________

九、完形填空:10%

A  lot of  English people have three names:a first name, a middle name and  the family name.Their family name comes  1  .For example, my   2   name  is Jim Allan White. White is  my  3 name. My   4   give  me both (两个) of my other names.

People don't use  their   5   names very often. So ?“John Henry Brown” is usually    6   “John Brown”. People never use  Mr, Mrs or Miss before their    7    names. So you  can say, John Brown, or Mr  Brown;   8    you should never say  Mr John. They use  Mr, Mrs or Miss    9   the  family name.

This is    10    from  Chinese names. The first name is  the family name, and the  last name is  the given name.

(   ) 1. A. last    B. third       C. second     D. first

(   ) 2. A. first    B. middle      C. last       D. full

(   ) 3. A. given   B. first        C. family     D. middle

(   ) 4. A. uncles  B. parents      C. brothers    D. teachers

(   ) 5. A. /      B. own (自己的) C. first       D. middle

(   ) 6. A. call    B. called       C. calling     D. calls

(   ) 7. A. first    B. giving       C. last        D. parents

(   ) 8. A. and    B. for         C. but        D. so

(   ) 9. A. of      B. by         C. given      D. with

(   ) 10. A. same   B. different     C. difference  D. not

十、阅读理解,阅读下面短文,然后选择填空。 10%

How do  the students come to  school

There are  forty - eight students in  our class. There are  twenty - three boys  and twenty - five girls. Some students live near the  school, and some others live far  from school. About half of  the students usually come to  school by bike. They often get  to school at  a quarter to  seven. About fourteen students often come to  school by bus. They often get  to  school very early, too. Another ten  students come to  school on foot. Their homes are  near the school, but they are  often late for  school, because they get  up late.

(   ) 1. ______ live near the  school.

       A. Some of the  students    B. Half of the  students

       C. No students           D. All the students

(   ) 2. ______ students come to  school by bike.

       A. Twenty - four          B. Twenty - three

       C. Twenty - five          D. Forty - eight

(   ) 3. Ten of  the students ______.

       A. come to school by  bike B. come to  school late

       C. come to school very early  D. live in  the school

(   ) 4. Some students get  to school by  bike at _______.

       A. 7∶35   B. 7∶30    C. 6∶45    D. 6∶30

(   ) 5. _______ students come to  school on foot.

       A. Thirty   B. Twenty    C. Thirty - eight  D. Ten

新编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 3)

A 卷

班级:______ 座号:______  姓名:_________

一、在下列各组单词中找出划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。5%

(   ) 1. A. company   B. maths    C. language   D. factory

(   ) 2. A. dark       B. harvest   C. quarter    D. market

(   ) 3. A. fish       B. festival   C. live       D. list

(   ) 4. A. foot       B. book      C. washroom   D. mooncake

(   ) 5. A. autumn    B. stand     C. lesson     D. important

二、词汇。10%

(1) 根据英文释义写出对应单词。(5分)

1. __________ one more;one of  the same kind

2. __________ time when you  learn something with a  teachers;

  what you  learn

3. __________ not at  any times

4. __________ girl selling things

5. __________ big shop

(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(5分)

1. — Are you free tomorrow?

  — No. I have __________ to do.

2. The cakes are  sweet with nuts __________.

3. Let me  have a  __________ . Mmm! It's very delicious.

4. — I'm __________ now. May I  eat the the  mooncakes, Mum?

5. Are you  going home __________ the Mid - Autumn Festival?

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. I don't like ______ meat ______ eggs.

       A. some, and    B. any, and   C. any, or   D. some, or

(   ) 2. He has  a ruler in  one of his  hands. What's in ____ hand?

       A. other       B. the other   C. another  D. others

(   ) 3. She lives in  a room ______ two windows.

       A. with        B. and        C. of      D. about

(   ) 4. Jake is  a student of ______.

       A. my sister friend           B. my sister's friend

       C. my sister's friends         D. my sister's friend's

(   ) 5. Your dictionary is  different from ______.

       A. I         B. my          C. me      D. mine

(   ) 6. ______ all the  teachers in No. 1 Middle School, Mr 

       White is tallest.

       A. With      B. Of          C. In       D. From

(   ) 7. — Which kind of  mooncakes do you  like?

       — I like the ______ with nuts ______ them.

       A. one, in   B. ones, with   C. ones, in    D. ones, for

(   ) 8. I'd like you ______ my teacher, Miss King.

       A. to meet  B. meet      C. meeting    D. to

(   ) 9. Mr Read is __________ than Mr  Green.

       A. short    B. shorter   C. the shorter  D. the shortest

(   ) 10. She is ______ than I.

       A. very fast   B. very faster  C. so faster  D. much faster

四、用适当的动填空,完成对话。16% (每空 1分)

A:Lucy, would you __________ one of  these mooncakes?

L:Yes, _________. Oh, _________ Mid - Autumn  Festival today.

A:Yes. On that day  families get __________ and __________

   the bright, round moon.

L:(Eating mooncakes) Mmm! It's delicious. I ________ it a  lot.

A:This is  the best. Look! It has  nuts __________.

L:Oh, I see. It's great.

A:Do you  know  call it mooncake?

L:Yes, It looks __________ the moon.

A: ____________.It's a  round delicious cake. There are  many

   different _______________ of mooncakes in  China. I like 

   mooncakes __________ meat and eggs.

L:I like mooncakes __________ Fuzhou better.

A:Would you  like __________ one?

L:Oh, _______________. Thank you. I'm not hungry. I'm quite

   __________ now.

五、句形转换,按要求完成下面各各:8% (每空 1分)

1. She has  some books in  her hand. (改为否定句)

  She __________ __________ __________ books in  her hand.

2. Tom is  short. Mike is shorter. (合并为一句)

  Mike is __________ __________ Tom.

3. Why do  you buy the  cards? (改为同义句)

   __________ do you  buy the cards __________?

4. Would you  like one more cake? (改为同义句)

  Would you  like __________ __________?

5. We have lunch in  the middle of  the day. (改为同义句)

  We have lunch __________ __________.

6. Jim is  the tallest boy  in his class. (改为同义句)

  Jim is __________ __________ any other boy  in his class.

7. Lily likes eating mooncake. (对句子划线部分提问)

   __________ __________ Lily like eating?

8. They play games near the  school. (对句子划线部分提问)

   __________ __________ they play games?

六、用框格中所给的动词正确形式填空。10%

Sam ___________ Chinese very much. He ____________ hard. He ___________ Chinese in the  early morning. He like __________ Chinese with others. He often _____________ the Radio Beijing. He ____________ TV every Saturday and  Sunday. He doesn't like ____________ .But he  like reading and _____________.His parent __________ he is  a good child. His teacher often __________ his in  the class.

七、改错:以下各句均有一处错误,请把错误处的字母标号写在括号

   内,并改正在横线上。12%

(   ) 1. The Chinese people eat mooncakes in that day. _____________

             A       B     C      D

(   ) 2. Thank you to give me so  much help. __________

           A       B    C       D

(   ) 3. She often meets her teacher, Miss Green, on her  way school.

               A     B       C        D  __________

(   ) 4. The  Mid - Autumn Festival usually comes in September

                A                  B   C

       and October.  __________

        D

(   )5.Would Kate and  you like to eat mooncakes with us this evening?

              A          B     C       D  __________

(   ) 6. Do you  like the mooncake? It  has sweet something

       A                B              C

       inside.   __________

        D

八、把下面句子翻译成英语。12%

1. 他们正在露天中跳舞。

   _____________________________________________________

2. 这把钢笔与那把一样的吗?

  _____________________________________________________

3. 我们每年庆祝五一节(May Day)。

   _____________________________________________________

4. 约翰每年这时候都去徒行旅行。

_______________________________________________________

九、完形填空:10%

The Spring Festival is  the Chinese   1  . It usually   2   in  February. Everyone in China   3   the  Spring Festival very much. When the  festival comes families get  together to   4   it. They   5   dumplings, New Year's cakes and    6   delicios food. On the  eve (前夜) of the  festival all families eat  a big dinner, then   7   TV  or do something they   8  .  9   the  day of the  Spring Festival, people usually go  to see  their friends or  relatives (亲戚).   10   a  happy day they have every year!

(   ) 1. A New Year's Day        B. Mid - Antumn Day

       C. free day             D. May Day

(   ) 2. A. goes on  B. comes     C. goes       D. starts

(   ) 3. A. is like   B. like       C. likes       D. very likes

(   ) 4. A. see      B. make      C. work       D. celebrate

(   ) 5. A. do      B. make      C. sell        D. play

(   ) 6. A. many    B. many other C. some other  D. others

(   ) 7. A. see      B. watch      C. look at    D. look after

(   ) 8. A. like     B. are like    C. have      D. eat

(   ) 9. A. In      B. At         C. On       D. Of

(   ) 10. A. What  B. How       C. So        D. It's

十、阅读下面短文,然后判断句子正“T”误 “F”。10%(每空 0.5分)

Lily:May I  borrow your pen, please?

Li Ping:Sorry, I'm using it  now. Please ask Wang Hua. He  has  one.

Lily:Excuse me, Wang Han.

Wang Hua:Yes?

Lily:What are  you doing now?

Wang Hua:I'm reading a  book.

Lily:I borrow your pen, please?

Wang Hua:Certainly. Here you are.

Lily:Oh, thank you. But there is  no ink (墨水) in this red 

     one. May I borrow the  black one?

Wang Hua:OK, here it is.

Lily:Thank you  very much.

Wang Hua:You're welcome.

Lily is  a __________ of Grade Two. She doesn't __________ a __________ .She wants to __________ one from Li  Ping. But he is _________ it now. __________ Lily asks Wang Hua  to lend (借) her a _________. Wang Ping has ________ pens. One is ________.The other is __________. Wang Hua  lets Lily have the _________one. And Lily asys“ __________ __________ __________ ”to wang Hua.      

初二 (上)英语单元同步检测(一)

Unit 1

第Ⅰ卷  听力测试 (选择题 20分)

Ⅰ. 听辨音 (共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、C 中找出你所听到的单词,每小题听一遍。

(   ) 1. A. fine    B. fan     C. fun    D. bank

(   ) 2. A. bird    B. first    C. girl    D. ball

(   ) 3. A. traffic   B. take    C. read    D. train

(   ) 4. A. with    B. text    C. wish    D. grade

(   ) 5. A. thanks   B. round  C. welcome D. matter

Ⅱ. 单句理解 (共 5小题,计 5分)

从 A、B、C、D 中找出一个与所听句子意思最接近的句子。

(   ) 6. A. He can  tell you all  our names.

       B. He doesn't know all  our names.

       C. He knows all  our names.

       D. He knows one  our names.

(   ) 7. A. We have Lesson One.  B. First, let's have a  lesson.

       C. Let's have our  lesson.    D. We'll go to  a lesson.

(   ) 8. A. You look fine.       B. You look worried.

       C. You are the  same.   D. You are in  the same class.

(   ) 9. A. He is  buying something.  B. He is  reading something.

       C. He is eating something.   D. He is  cooking something.

(   ) 10. A. She likes playing basketball every day.

        B. He likes to  play football every afternoon.

       C. He doesn't like anything.  D. She doesn't like anything.

Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出能正确应答你所听到的句

子的那一个,每小题听两遍。

(   ) 11. A. The same to  you.    B. Welcome back to  school.

        C. Thank you.         D. Not at all.

(   ) 12. A. Yes, I am.          B. We are not  on.

        C. I am a  new student.  D. I am, sir.

(   ) 13. A. How do  you do?    B. He's Mike.

        C. My name is  Lucy.   D. I don't know.

(   ) 14. A. Yes. She goes to  school every day.  B. By bike.

       C. Yes, on foot.        D. No, she doesn't.

(   ) 15. A. I don't want to  give it to  you.

        B. I have one, here you  are.

        C. Yes, I have.         D. No, I don't.

Ⅳ. 短文理解 (共 5小题,计 5分)

根据所听到的短文内容,选择正确的答语。

(   ) 16. When does Jim  get up in  the morning?

      A. At 6∶30  B. At 6∶00  C. At 7∶00  D. At 7∶15

(   ) 17. Where does he  have lunch on  weekdays?

       A. At home. B. At school. C. At the  table. D. At the desk.

(   ) 18. Does he  watch TV on  Sunday evening?

        A. No, he doesn't.       B. Yes, he does.

        C. Yes, he is.          D. No, he isn't

(   ) 19. How many people are  there in his  family?

        A. Two.    B. Three.    C. Four.      D. Five.

(   ) 20. Does he  go to bed  at nine?

      A. Yes, he  does. B. No, he isn't  C. No, he doesn't  D. Yes, he can.

第Ⅱ卷  笔试(选择题 55分)

Ⅴ. 单项选择 (共 30小题,计 30分)

A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。

(   ) 21. A. welcome    B. soldier     C. photo   D. those

(   ) 22. A. worker     B. teacher     C. term    D. over

(   ) 23. A. grandma    B. paper      C. family   D. cat

(   ) 24. A. play       B. away      C. may     D. Sunday

(   ) 25. A. time       B. like       C. listen    D. bike

B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。

(   ) 26. f ____ st  A. ir   B. ri    C. ea   D. er

(   ) 27. p ____ ce  A. ie   B. ei   C. ai    D. ee

(   ) 28. sh ____ t   A. er   B. or   C. ur   D. re

(   ) 29. tr ____ fic A. of  B. af   C. ef   D. if

(   ) 30. m_____n  A. er  B. ea   C. ae   D. ie

(C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D中选出可以填入空白的那一个。

(   ) 31. Mr Wu _____ up at  six every morning.

       A. gets    B. get     C. is geting   D. to get

(   ) 32. They often ______ to see  me on Sunday.

       A. comes   B. are coming   C. to come  D, come

(   ) 33.Please come ______and sit ______.

       A. to, in   B, back, off   C. in, up   D. in, down

(   ) 34. It's time for  class. Please listen _____ the teacher.

       A. to      B. at        C. of      D. from

(   ) 35. — What do you  like _______? — I like ________.

       A. do, run              B. doing, runing

       C. do, running           D. doing, running

(   ) 36. — How much water ______ in the  bottle?

        — Sorry, there _____ any.

       A. there is, in't         B. there are, aren't

       C. is there, isn't        D. is there, aren't

(   ) 37. Can you  help _____ the house?

       A. to clean   B. cleaning   C. cleans   D. is cleaning

(   ) 38. Why don't you  make _______ a card?

       A. his       B. its        C. him    D. she

(   ) 39. Jim is  short _______ James.

       A. to        B. for       C. ×      D. of

(   ) 40. For example, a man  called Zhou Jian puts his  family

        name Zhou _____.

       A. first      B. the first   C. in the  first  D. at first

(   ) 41. What about ______ at four in  the afternoon?

       A. meet      B. to meet    C. met     D. meeting

(   ) 42. My full name is  James Allan Green. Allan is  my __.

       A. given name            B. family name

       C. father's name           D. mother's name.

(   ) 43. Listen! She _____ in the  next room.

       A. are singing  B. sings   C. is singing  D. to sing

(   ) 44. Can you  give me _____?

       A. a paper              B. some paper

       C. a piece of  paper       D. papers

(   ) 45. Please _____ on time.

       A. is      B. in       C. be     D. are

(   ) 46. We are  going to talk ___ Chinese and  English names.

       A. with    B. about    C. to      D. in

(   ) 47. “Why don't you  come _____? ” The teacher asked.

       A. later    B. earlier    C. late    D. early

(   ) 48. — What _____ your classmates _____?

        — I don't know. I think some of  them are singing.

      A. do, do   B. are, do   C. are, doing  D. is, doing

(   ) 49. Lucy ___ to reach the  flowers on the  tree, so she ___

        a chair under it.

       A. is wanting, is puting    B. wants, is putting

       C. wants, put            D. is wanting, puts

(   ) 50. There _____ a lot of  milk in the  bottle.

       A. is      B. are        C. be    D. have

Ⅵ. 完形填空 (共 10 小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

Look! There   51   some  students in the  classroom. They  52  their classroom.   53   boys  are cleaning the  windows.   54  are sweeping (扫) the floor. Some girls are  cleaning   55  . Other girls  56   the doors. Two boys are  putting up some pictures   57   the  wall and two  girls are putting up    58    on  the wall. They    59   their classroom clean and  beautiful (漂亮的). They   60  their class very much.

(   ) 51. A. is       B. are    C. am    D.be

(   ) 52. A. clean    B. cleans  C. are cleaning  D. cleaning

(   ) 53. A. Some of  B. Some of  the  C. Some of  a D. One of

(   ) 54. A. Some boys        B. Some boy

        C. Other boys        D. The other

(   ) 55. A. a chair and  a desk  B. some chairs and  desks

       C. the chair and  desk   D. chair and desk

(   ) 56. A. are cleaning   B. are making  C. clean  D. cleans

(   ) 57. A. in       B. for    C. of     D. on

(   ) 58. A. map of  China      B .the Chinese map

        C. a map of  China    D. China map

(   ) 59. A. are cleaning       B. are making 

        C. are seeing         D. is making

(   ) 60. A. are liking    B. is liking   C. likes   D.like

Ⅶ. 阅读理解 (计 15分)

(A) 阅读短文,然后从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能完成句子的选项。

Mrs Green is  going to give a  birthday party for  Mary. Mary is her  daughter. Mary is going to  be thirteen years old. A lot  of friends of  Mary's are going to  come to the  party. They are all  girls and there are  twenty of them.

Mrs Green is  getting ready for  the party. Mrs White is  helping her.

“That's a  pretty cake,” Mrs White says to  Mrs Green.

“Thank you  very much.”

Mrs Green is  going shopping now. She's buying fruit for  the party, too.

Mrs Green buys some fruit. She buys a  lot of pears, apples, oranges and  bananas. Then she goes home.

It's three o'clock in  the afternoon. Everything is ready. Now the  first girl is  arriving. The party is  going to start in  thirty minutes.

注意:be going to  do something 表示“打算做某事”。

(   ) 61. _____ is going to  give a birthday party for  Mary.

       A. Mrs White  B. Mrs Green  C. Mary  D. Mary's friends

(   ) 62. Mary is  going to be _____ years old.

       A. twenty    B. ten      C. twelve   D. thirteen

(   ) 63. _____ are going to  come to the  party.

       A. Thirty boys         B. Twenty girls

       C. Forty children       D. Mrs Green and  Mrs White

(   ) 64. Mrs Green is  buying _______ for the party.

       A. a cake                 B. some fruit

       C. some bananas and  apples   D. a lot of  oranges

(   ) 65. The party is  going to begin at ____ in the  afternoon.

       A. two thirty   B. three   C. four    D. three thirty

(B) 根据问句意思,从所给的选项中选出相应的答语,一项为多余选项。

(   ) 66. May I  come in, please?

(   ) 67. What day  is it today?

(   ) 68. Would you  like another cup  of tea?

(   ) 69. What time do  you go to  school every day?

(   ) 70. Nice to  meet you!

     A. It's Monday.         B. No, thank you.

     C. At six thirty-five.    D. Nice to meet you, too

     E. Yes, please.          F. That's all right.

第Ⅲ卷  笔试(非选择题 45分)

Ⅷ. 用所给动词的正确形式填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

71. I'm thinking about what ____________ (say).

72. ____________ (not do) you have any  meat for lunch?

73. Mr Wu  wants me _____________ (give) a talk in  class tomorrow.

74. You can't buy  anything this time. The shop is___________(close).

75. Peter ____________ (sit) in a  boat now.

76. I would like ____________ (drink) two bottles of  milk for supper.

77. Let's ____________ (go) shopping tomorrow afternoon.

78. I can  help you ____________(make) cakes.

79. May I ____________(call) you Huifang?

80. Father often ____________ (watch) TV news.

Ⅸ. 根据对话内容,填入正确的词使对话完整,每空一词 (计 10分)

A:81            you  a new student?

B:Yes, I am. 82            83            you?

A:No, I'm not new. Where are  you 84           ?

B:I'm from Hubei.

A:I'm Kate. What's your name?

B:My name is  Zhou Jianguo.

A:May I  85            you Jianguo?

B:Sure. It's 86            87            my full name.

A:You speak English 88           .

B:Only 89            90            .

A:Well, welcome to our  school. I think you'll like it  soon.

Ⅹ. 句型转换 (共 15小题,计 15分)

(A) 根据 A 句完成 B 句,使其意义接近。

91. A. The boy  is behind the  door.

   B. ____________ the boy behind the  door?

92. A. What does Uncle Wang do?

   B. ____________ ____________ Uncle Wang?

93. A. Where do  you come from?

   B. Where ____________ you ____________?

94. A. Don't come late to  school next time.

   B. Don't ____________ ____________ for school next time.

95. A. Can you  lend your bike to  me?

   B. Can ____________ ____________ your bike?

(B) 根据题后要求改写句型。

96. He is  walking to school now. (改为一般现在时)

   He ____________ to ____________ every day.

97. Her sister studies English. (改为现在进行时)

   Her sister ____________ ____________ English now.

98. Mr Wang teaches us  English this term. (改为否定句)

   Mr Wang ___________ ____________ us English this term.

99. Is Lily tall? Is Lily short? (改为选择疑问句)

   ____________ Lily tall ____________ short?

100. My mother is  cooking now. (改为一般疑问句)

    ____________ your mother ____________ now?

101. Lucy usually comes to  school on foot. (对划线部分提问)

    ____________ ____________ Lucy  usually ____________

    to school?

102. You go  to school by  car. (改为否定的祈使句)

    ____________ ____________ to  school by car.

103. I get  up at six in  the morning. (对划线部分提问)

    ___________ ___________ you ____________ ____________

    in the  morning?

104. I am  in Class One, Grade Two. She is  in Class One,

    Grade Two, too.(改成同义句)

    We ____________ in ____________ ____________ class.

105. Lily is reading Chinese. (对划线部分提问)

    ____________ ____________ Lily ____________ ?

Ⅺ. 英语写作 (计 10分)

假设你是一位英语老师,新到一个班上第一节英语课,请你就师生问候、自我介绍、点名等情况写一篇短文,要求在 100字以上。

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

初二 (上)英语单元同步检测(二)

Unit 2

第Ⅰ卷  听力测试 (选择题 20分)

Ⅰ. 听辨单词 (共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、C 中找出你所听到的单词,每小题听一遍。

(   ) 1. A. cup       B. tree      C. tea       D. trip

(   ) 2. A. homework  B. housework C. hometown D. homesick

(   ) 3. A. class      B. glass     C. grass      D. discuss

(   ) 4. A. text       B. next      C. test      D. rest

(   ) 5. A. tie        B. die       C. dry       D. high

Ⅱ. 单句理解 (共 5小题,计 5分)

从 A、B、C、D 中找出一个与所听句子意思最接近的句子。

(   ) 6. A. We are  going to meet at  four forty-five.

       B. We are going to  meet at fifteen to  nine.

       C. We are going to  meet at five eight.

(   ) 7. A. We are  going to swim in  the river.

       B. We are going to  buy cakes.

       C. We are going to  have a class this evening.

(   ) 8. A. We are  free next week.

       B. We are going to  buy some food.

       C. We are going to  help Li Lei  with his Chinese.

(   )9. A. The students like haveing classes.

      B. The students like picking apples on  a farm.

      C. The students like staying with farmers.

(   ) 10. A. We are  going to see  Uncle Wang.

        B. We are going to  go fishing.

        C. We are going to  have a field trip.

Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出能正确应答你所听到的句子的那一个,每小题听两遍。

(   ) 11. A. I'm going to  do my homework.

        B. I'm going to  see my uncle.

       C. I'm going to  the zoo.  D. I'm going there next week.

(   ) 12. A. I'm going to  leave home.

        B. I'm going to  work at the  factory.

        C. I'm going to  play basketball.

        D. I'm going to  leave at two  o'clock.

(   ) 13. A. Yes, I do.           B. No, I don't.

        C. No, I can't help you.  D. Sure, let's go.

(   ) 14. A. Yes, you must go.    B. No, I don't know.

        C. Yes, you are right.  D. Certainly. You are  welcome.

(   ) 15. A. We're going to  have a picnic.

        B. She's going to  hike to the  top op the  mountain.

        C. She's going to  watch a football match.

        D. She's going to  start at four.

Ⅳ. 听写单词 (共 5小题,计 5分)

根据所听到的短文内容,在横线上填入空缺词。

16. They have some __________ getting there. Jill often goes 

   the __________ way.

17. She couldn't __________ well last night. Now she  is very __________. 18. That's going to  be __________. We're going  to  have lots of __________.

19.The teacher __________ Tom is  a _________ boy.

20. Where is  your class going __________ a __________ trip?

第Ⅱ卷  笔试(选择题 65分)

Ⅴ. 单项选择 (共 30小题,计 30分)

(A) 找出下列每组单词的划线部分各有几种读音。

        A一种      B二种     C三种    D四种

(   ) 21. A. Wrong    B. colour   C. do     D. does

(   ) 22. A. moon    B. food     C. door   D. school

(   ) 23. A. please    B. meat     C. great   D. sea

(   ) 24. A. exercise   B. certainly  C. bird   D. turn

(   ) 25. A. think     B. with      C. three   D. thank

B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。

(   ) 26. q ____ te   A. ea    B. oa    C. uo    D. ui

(   ) 27. id ____    A. ee    B. eo   C. oe    D. ea

(   ) 28. m ____ tain  A. ou   B. on   C. ouu   D. uon

(   ) 29. disc ____    A. iss   B. ass   C. uss   D. oss

(   ) 30. s ____      A. uer  B. ure   C. aue  D. aer

(C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白的那一个。

(   ) 31. _____ Mr Li ______ English?

       A. Do, teach         B. Does, teaching

       C. Does, teaches      D. Does, teach

(   ) 32. — Would you like ______ to eat ? — Yes, please.

       A. something   B. anything   C. some   D. any

(   ) 33. Our class are  going to go _____ a field trip.

       A. for        B. to      C. on       D. in

(   ) 34. I would like _____ Uncle Wang next week.

       A. see        B. to see  C. seeing    D. sees

(   ) 35. I'm going to  help my mother _____ the clothes.

       A. washes    B. washs   C. washing  D. wash

(   ) 36. They can _____ a  little Japanese.

       A. talk       B. speak    C. say      D. tell

(   ) 37. Is the  teacher going _____ his class to  the top?

       A. to get    B. getting   C. gets      D. geting

(   ) 38. His grandpa was _____ two years ago.

       A. die       B. dies      C. dead      D. died

(   ) 39. Look at  the big apple tree. There are  so many apples ____ it.

       A. in        B. under    C. on       D. behind

(   ) 40. What about _____ a picnic?

       A. go       B. goes      C. going    D. to go

(   ) 41. They are  going to the  zoo, _____ ?

       A. don't they  B. aren't they  C. are they  D. do they

(   ) 42. Peter _____ his key in  the room now.

       A. is  looking for  B. look for  C. looks for  D. are looking for

(   ) 43. Can I  keep the picture-book _______ longer?

       A. more      B. little      C. some    D. a little

(   ) 44. The tallest boy  comes _____ America.

       A. in        B. on       C. from    D. at

(   ) 45. Please read Lily's letter ____ his friend ____ the USA.

       A. from, in    B. to, in     C. about, to  D. on, of

(   ) 46. In my  family, everyone _____ singing.

       A. like      B. liking       C. likes    D. picking

(   ) 47. I think I  can do _____ than before.

       A. better    B. well        C. looking   D. picking

(   ) 48. What are  they going to  do _____ this evening?

       A. on      B. /         C. at     D. in

(   ) 49. Are you  going to _____ a swim tomorrow?

       A. have    B. do        C. get    D. go

(   ) 50. Come here, Lucy, and put _____ this new  overcoat.

       A. off      B. on        C. down      D. in

Ⅵ. 完形填空 (共 20 小题,计 20分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

(A)

Bill lives and  works in Birminham (伯明翰). He works hard from Monday to  Friday.   51   Saturday and  Sunday he has  nothing much to  do.   52   he  goes to the  cinema (电影院). Sometimes he  goes to see  his   53  . This weekend he  is going to  London   54   his  good friend Mike. They are  going to see  their friends there   55   train. On Friday afternoon Jack is  going to take them home in  his car. They   56   with  Jack for the  weekend. On Saturday morning. Jack is  going to take them to  Oxford University (牛津大学). That evening they're going back in  London. They are going to   57   a  volleyball match in  a stadium (体育馆).

on Sunday, Jack is  going to   58   them  to   59   beautiful parks in  London. They are going to  take   60   six o'clock train back to  Birminham.

(   ) 51. A.In        B. On     C. At      D. About

(   ) 52. A. Sometimes B. Always  C. Usually  D. Often

(   ) 53. A. friend    B. friends  C. friends   D. more friendly

(   ) 54. A. on       B. with    C. in       D. by

(   ) 55. A. on       B. in     C. by       D. with

(   ) 56. A. are going to  stay   B. going to  stay

        C. stays             D. staying

(   ) 57. A. see      B. watch  C. look      D. look at

(   ) 58. A. take      B. get    C. bring     D. carry

(   ) 59. A. little     B. few    C. a few    D. a little

(   ) 60. A. a        B. an    C. the       D. ×

(B)

Mr and  Mrs Smith   61   in  a big city, and they have  62  .His name is  Jim, and he   63   to  wash. One day   64   Smith said to  her husband,“  65   in  the city all  the time isn't good for  Jim.” So last summer they found a  small house   66   the  country and took Jim  there for a  holiday.

When   67   got  to house, Mre Smith said  to  Jim, “We   68  to stay here for  two weeks.”

The boy  ran into the  house and looked in  all the rooms, and then he  ran back to  his mother and  said (说) to her, “I can't find the  bath tub (浴缸).   69   is  it?”“This is  a very small house, Jim,” his mother said,“and there is   70   bath  tub.”“That's very good, ” Jim said, “This is  going to be  a very nice holiday.”

(   ) 61. A. live     B. lives      C. liveing    D. lived

(   ) 62. A. a cat   B. a dog    C. a son    D. a daughter

(   ) 63. A. don't like B. doesn't like C. don't likes D. doesn't likes

(   ) 64. A. Mrs    B. Mr       C. Miss      D. Jim

(   ) 65. A. live     B. lives      C. liveing    D. lives

(   ) 66. A. on      B. in        C. at        D. of

(   ) 67. A. them    B. she       C. they      D. he

(   ) 68. A. is going B. am going  C. are go   D. are going

(   ) 69. A. When   B. Where    C. What     D. How

(   ) 70. A. no      B. not       C. any       D. some

Ⅶ. 阅读理解 (共 10小题,计 15分)

(A) 阅读短文,从各题中选出符合短文内容的正确答案。

One night a  hotel was on  fire and people who  were staying in  it ran our  in their night clothes. Two of  them were now  standing outside and  watching the fire.

“Before I  come out,” said the short one, “I ran  into some of  the rooms and  found a lot  of  money. You see, people don't think of  money when they're frightened (害怕). When anyone leaves paper money in  a fire, the fire burns it. So I  look all the  notes (纸币) that I  could find. No one will be  poorer because I  took them.”

“You don't  know  me, ” said the  other, “and my  work.”

“What's your work?”

“I'm a  policeman.”

The short man  laughed, “Do you  know who I  am?”

“No,” said the policeman.

“To  tell you the  truth, I'm a writer. I'm always telling stories  about things that never happen (发生).”

(   ) 71. A. Before the  hotel was on  fire, the people ran  out.

        B. After the hotel was  on fire, the people ran  out.

        C. Before the hotel was  on fire, the people ran  in.

        D. After the hotel was  ojn fire, the people ran  in.

(   ) 72. A. The other man  was a  teacher.

        B. The other man  was a fireman (消防队员).

        C. The other man  was a thief (小偷).

        D. The other man  was really a  writer.

(   ) 73. A. The short man  was really a  writer.

        B. The short man  was really a  thief.

        C. The short man  was working in  the hotel.

        D. The short man  was really a  foolish man.

(   ) 74. A. Now the  policeman will punish (惩罚) him.

        B. Now the policeman caught him.

        C. Now the policeman punished him.

        D. Now the policeman could not  punish him.

(   ) 75. A. When people were frightened, they didn't think of  money.

       B. When  people were frightened, they didn't think of  anything.

        C. When people were frightened, they didn't think of  fire.

        D. When  people were frightened, they didn't think of  their clothes.

B) 根据对话内容,从所给的选项中选出能完成对话的正确答案,有一项为多余选项。

A:Are you free tomorrow?

B:   76  

A:I'm going to  the street.

B:   77  

A:I'm going to  buy a pen.

B:Is your pen  broken?

A:   78  

B:Sure! When are we  going to leave?

A:   79  

B:   80  

A:On the road outside the  school gate.

   A. What are  you going to  buy?    B. Nothing much. Why?

   C. About seven thirty.            D. Yes. Can you go  with me?

   E. Where are  we going to  meet    F. How are we  going to get  there?

第Ⅲ卷  笔试(非选择题 35分)

Ⅷ. 用所给动词的正确形式填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

81. Look! What __________ the boy __________ (do)?

82. What __________ they  __________ (do) next saturday?

83. My father usually ________ (watch) TV on  Sunday evening.

84. Sometimes I __________ (come) to school on  foot.

85. What are  you going _____________ (do) this afternoon?

   I __________ (have) a swim.

86. Please __________ (come) to school earlier. Don't __________ (be) late.

87. My sister likes __________ (swim) very much.

88. Don't you want __________ (go) for a  walk?

89. Mrs Li often helps us __________ (make) the bed.

90. What about __________ (hike) to the top  of a mountain?

Ⅸ. 同义句转换 (计 10分)

91. My father buys a  new bike for  me.

   My father __________ __________ a new  bike.

92. He's going to  the shops this afternoon.

   He's going to __________ __________ this afternoon.

93. They aren't going to  have any classes next week.

   They are  going to _________ ________ ________ next week.

94. Miss Gao often helps me  study English.

   Miss Gao  often helps me __________ __________ English.

95. Why not have some orange?

   _________ __________ __________ have __________ orange?

96. It's time to  have supper.

   It's time __________ __________.

97. Don't you want to  swim now?

   Don't you  want to _________ __________ __________ now?

98. Everyone in  China likes Spring Festival.

   __________ the __________ people like Spring Festival.

Ⅹ. 英语写作 (计 10分)

写一段对话,内容是你与你的同桌交谈各自下周打算做某事,开头已给出。

A:What are  you going to  do next Saturday?

B:I'm going to… Would you  like to come?

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

初二 (上)英语单元同步检测(三)

Unit 3

第Ⅰ卷  听力测试 (选择题 20分)

Ⅰ. 听辨音 (共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、C 中找出你所听到的单词,每小题听一遍。

(   ) 1. A. round      B. road      C. land       D. mend

(   ) 2. A. sorry      B. worry     C. hungry    D. Mary

(   ) 3. A. housework  B. homework  C. mooncake  D. monkey

(   ) 4. A. one kind   B. a kind of  C. many kinds D. kinds of

(   ) 5. A. grade      B. taste      C. celebrate    D. street

Ⅱ. 单句理解 (共 5小题,计 5分)

从 A、B、C、D 中找出一个与所听句子意思最接近的句子。

(   ) 6. A. Are all of  us like weekdays? B. Is everyone here today?

        C. Are we all  very free today?  D. What day  is it today?

(   ) 7. A. Ann isn't younger than Kate.

       B. Kate and Ann  look the same.

       C. Ann and  Kate are twins.   D. Kate is  older than Ann.

(   ) 8. A. No one  can fly to  the moon.

       B. We can see  the moon only at  night.

       C. There's no air  or water on  the moon.

       D. Their mooncake is  like the moon.

(   ) 9. A. Thanks a lot.             B. Don't thank goodness.

        C. Thank you for  your help.  D. Thank you  all the same.

(   ) 10.A. My brother likes riding a  bike.

       B. My brother works in  a bike factory.

       C. My brother can  mend his bike.

       D. My brother  goes to  work by bike.

Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出能正确应答你所听到的句子的那一个,每小题听两遍。

(   ) 11. A. Eggs.   B. Oranges.   C. Bread.   D. A mooncake.

(   ) 12. A. October 29.         B. September 28.

        C. September 29.       D. November 29.

(   ) 13. A. In the  open air.      B. At their houses.

        C. In the school.       D. In the classroom.

(   ) 14. A. The green one.       B. The blue one.

        C. The white one.       D. The black one.

(   ) 15. A. Look at  the moon.   B. See friends.

        C. Stay outside. 

        D. They get together and  eat a big  dinner.

Ⅳ. 短文理解 (共 5小题,计 5分)

根据所听到的短文内容,选择正确的答语。

(   ) 16. Li Ling is _____ of the  three.

       A. the oldest      B. the youngest     C. the tallest

(   ) 17. Li Ling plays ______ best of  the three.

       A. basketball       B. football         C. ping-pong

(   ) 18. Which of  the following is  wrong?

        A. They are all  good runners. 

       B. They are all  middle school students.

        C. They are all  good at English.

(   ) 19. Li Ling is  good at ______.

       A. English        B. Chinese      C. maths

(   ) 20. They do  their homework _____.

       A. in the  morning   B. in the afternoon  C. in the  evening

第Ⅱ卷  笔试 (选择题 55分)

Ⅴ. 单项选择 (共 30小题,计 30分)

 A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。

(   ) 21. A. autumn    B. laugh     C. daughter   D. August

(   ) 22. A. why      B. family    C. forty       D.every

(   ) 23. A. must      B. cup       C. ruler       D. much

(   ) 24. A. round     B. mouth    C. house      D. country

(   ) 25. A. kind      B. white     C. think       D. mine

B) 从每小题 A、B、C、 中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。

(   ) 26. diff _____ nt  A. are    B. ere   C. re   D.er    

(   ) 27. h _____ gry   A. ao    B. ou   C. un    D. an

(   ) 28. festi _____    A. vel    B. val    C. oal    D. evl

(   ) 29. del _____ ous  A. iei    B. eai   C. iei   D. sci

(   ) 30. c _____ brate  A. el    B. le     C. ele   D. ale

C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。

(   ) 31. People in  China like eating mooncakes ____ Mid-Autrmn Day.

       A. at         B. in        C. on       D. of

(   ) 32. Please come over ____ our school to  have a meeting.

       A. to         B. of        C. for      D. at

(   ) 33. Dad, I want to  have a rest, I'm _____ tired.

       A. little      B. a little   C. some     D. any

(   ) 34. Sue is _____.

       A. short than Ann         B. shorter  than Ann

       C. the shorter than Ann    D. the shorter of  two

(   ) 35. In America families get  together ____ the harvest.

       A. clebrate  B. to celebrate  C. clebrating  D. celebrates

(   ) 36. The two  boys are good, but the  tall one is ____ than

        the short one.

       A. good      B. best     C. well       D. better

(   ) 37. The two  rulers are long, but this one  is longer than ___ one.

       A. an other   B. another  C. a other   D. the other

(   ) 38. There are _____ people in  our family than in  hers.

       A. many      B. much    C. more      D. most

(   ) 39. Wang Fen  is a _____ boy, but Liu  Ying is ___ than Wang Fen.

       A. good, better  B. good, well  C. better, good  D. good, best

(   ) 40. — Can you give me  some milk?

        — Sorry, there is _____ in my  cup.

       A. a little    B. little     C. some      D. any

(   ) 41. Our teacher is _____ in our  school/

       A. tall man  B. taller man  C. the tall man  D. the tallest man

(   ) 42. Are you  free _____?

       A. tomorrow morning     B. in tomorrow morning

       C. on tomorrow morning  D. in the  morning tomorrow

(   ) 43. Would you  like _____ with us this afternoon?

       A. to go swimming        B. go swim

       C. going swim            D. to going swim

(   ) 44. Sue likes _____ ,but her  sister doesn't.

       A. to sing     B. sing     C. singing   D. to singing

(   ) 45. Tom doesn't read _____.

       A. in the night B. at night C. in night  D. at the  night

(   ) 46. Sometimes we  have our classes _____.

       A. in open air           B. in the open air

       C. at open air           D. at the open air

(   ) 47. This apple is  the _____ of the apples.

       A. bigger    B. biggest     C. biger    D. big

(   ) 48. The twins like to  do their homework _____.

       A. on the evening          B. this morning 

       C. at night               D. on noon

(   ) 49. Everyone _____ for their teacher in  the classroom.

       A. are waiting   B. waits   C. is waiting  D. wait

(   ) 50. _____ you free next week?

       A. Are         B. Do     C. Have      D. Be

Ⅵ. 完形填空 (共 10 小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

Bill is  an Australian   51  . He is  twelve. He lives  52   his  family in China. There   53   people in  his family. His  father Bill Clinton, his mother Catherine and  his little sister Abbey. He has  a yellow dog.   54   name  is Barbi. Look! Abbey is    55   with  Barbi. His father is  mending his car. His mother is  cleaning the  house. What is  Bill doing? Ah, he is  doing   56   homework in  Chinese. He can't   57   Chinese well, but he  loves Chinese very much. Bill's   58   works in  a middle school as  an   59    teacher. His mother works at  a TV factory. Bill and  his   60    go  to the same school.

(   ) 51. A. child     B. boy      C. dog      D. girl

(   ) 52. A. in       B. with     C. on       D. at

(   ) 53. A. three     B. four     C. five      D. two

(   ) 54. A. It's       B. His      C. Its       D. Her

(   ) 55. A. living    B. talking   C. playing   D. eating

(   ) 56. A. her      B. its       C. his      D. a

(   ) 57. A. say       B. speak    C. tell      D. talk

(   ) 58. A. mother   B. father    C. sister    D. dog

(   ) 59. A. Chinese   B. Japanese  C. English  D. Australian

(   ) 60. A. boy      B. girl      C. brother  D. sister

Ⅶ. 阅读理解 (共 15 小题,计 15分)

A) 阅读短文,从各题中选出符合短文内容的正确答案。

It's Saturday evening. Bruce is  having a birthday party. There are  a lot of  children at the  party. They play together for  an hour. Then Bruce's mother gives them some food. But she  forgets(忘记) to give Sam any.

Sam feels wronged (委屈) but then he  remembers his mother's words:“Be polite. Don't ask  for food.” So he waits for  a few minutes, then he  holds his plate up  over his head and  says loudly:“Does  anyone want a  nice clean plate?”

(   ) 61. What day  is the day?.

        A. Sunday    B. Saturday.    C. Monday   D. Friday.

(   ) 62. “What are  the children doing in  the afternoon?”

        “They are _____.”

        A. reading    B. singing   C. playing    D. dancing

(   ) 63. They play for _____.

        A. an  hour  B. ten minutes  C. half an  hour  D. twenty minutes

(   ) 64. Who gives them some food?

        A. Bruce's father.         B. Bruce's uncle.

        C. Bruce.                D. Bruce's mother.

(   ) 65. Sam's mother tells him  not to _____.

        A. play in the  street       B. ask for food

        C. play with girls         D. swim in the  river

B) 阅读短文,从各题中选出符合短文内容的正确答案。

Look at  the picture! What's in  the picture? There is  the sun, the earth and  the moon in  it. The sun is  the biggest of  all. The moon is  the smallest. The earth is  bigger than the  moon, but smaller than the  sun. The earth goes round the  sun. It goes at  29 Kilometres (千米) a second (每秒). The moon goes round the  earth. It goes at  8 Kilometres a  second. Of course, the earth goes much faster than the  moon. We are living on  the earth. We see  the moon at  night.

(   ) 66. What can  you see in  the picture?

       A. The sun.  B. The moon. C. The sun, the moon and  the earth.

(   ) 67. Which is  the biggest, the sun, the moon or  the earth?

        A. The sun.   B. The moon.    C. The earth.

(   ) 68. The earth goes round _______.

        A. the sun and  the moon goes round the  earth

        B. the moon and  the sun goes the  earth

        C. the sun and  the moon goes round the  sun

(   ) 69. We can  see the stars _____.

        A. at night       B. by day      C. in the evening

(   ) 70. Everyone can  live _______.

        A. on the earth  B. on the  moon  C. on the  sun

C) 根据下面句子意思,从所给选项中选出相应的答案,有一项为多余。

(   ) 71. Are you  going there by  bus?

(   ) 72. Would you  like another one?

(   ) 73. I am  sorry. I'm  late.

(   ) 74. We're going to  play basketball.

(   ) 75. How much are  these things?

     A.That's a good idea.     B. Sure. But don't be  late.

    C. Let me see.          D. May I? Thanks.

    E. It doesn't matter       F. That's all right.

第Ⅲ卷  笔试  (非选择题 45分)

Ⅷ. 单词拼写。(共 10小题,计 10分)

阅读下面短文,根据所给首字母在横线上写出所缺单词,使短文通顺。

We all  like Mid-Autumn Day. It comes in  September t 76    year.

We're g  77       to eat  mooncakes of m  78        different kinds. The b  79        are those with eggs in  them. But I like the  o 80       with meat. How a   81      you? At night, if it  is f 82     ,we're going to  s 83      outside and  watch the bright f 84       moon. will you  come over to  our house t  85      ?

Ⅸ. 用所给词的适当形式填空 (共 10小题,计 10分)

86. Look! The boys __________ (play) basketball on  the ground.

87. There are  five __________ (different) between  the two pictures.

88. They're going to  have a __________ (meet).

89. My box  is the __________ of all. _________ (heavy)

90. Whose drawing is __________ (good), Lucy's or  Lily's?

91. It's time for  class, Mr Black __________ (have) an English class.

92. I want to  buy a pumpkin and _________ (make) a pumpkin

   pie for  thanksgiving.

93. He is __________ (tall) in the  class.

94. Something __________ (be) the same in  China and America.

95. Tomorrow is  going to __________ (be) the Mid-Autumn 

   Festival.

Ⅹ. 句型转换 (共 10小题,计 10分)

96. Lucy is  twelve. Meimei is eleven. (比较级)

   Lucy is __________ __________ __________ than Meimei.

97. Peter is  younger than the  other boys in  his class. (比较级)

   Peter is  younger than __________ _________ boys in his  class.

98. Jim's box  is 10 kilos. Tom's is  20 kilos. (比较级)

   Jim's box  is __________ __________ Tom's

99. People often stay outside their houses at  night. (同义句)

   People often stay __________ __________ __________

   __________ at night.

100. This box  is the biggest of  the  three. (同义句)

   This box  is __________ __________ the __________ two.

101. My father usually goes to  work by train.(对划线部分提问)

    __________ __________ your father usually go  to work?

102. Li Ping is  reading English now.(对划线部分提问)

    __________ __________ Li Ping __________ now?

103. My sister goes to  school every day. (改为否定句)

    My sister __________ __________ to school every day.

104. My mother often makes cakes. (改成现在进行时)

     My mother __________ __________cakes now.

105. Li Lei  likes mooncakes with meat. (改为一般疑问句)

    __________ Li Lei __________ mooncakes with meat?

Ⅺ. 汉译英 (共 5小题,计 5分)

106. 这件大衣比那件大衣长。

    This coat is __________ than __________ __________.

107. 汤姆的自行车比我的旧。

     Tom's bike is __________ than __________.

108. 李雷在男孩中年龄最大。

    Li Lei  is __________ __________ __________ all the  boys.

109. 我想有果仁的月饼是最好的。

     I think the  cakes _________ ________are  the best of  all.

110. 我想对中国了解更多。

    I want to __________ __________ __________ China.

Ⅻ.英语写作(计 10分)

给你的朋友 Bob 发一封 e-mail,告诉他有关中国的 Mid-Autumn Festival 的情况,要求在 80字以上。

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

新    编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 4)

A 卷

班级:_____ 座号:_____ 姓名:______

一、语音:指出下列各组单词划线部分有几种读音。5%

       A:一种    B:二种    C: 三种    D:四种

(   ) 1. A. afraid    B. matter    C. waste    D.water

(   ) 2. A. kilo      B. knife     C. chicken   D. begin

(   ) 3. A. country   B. about    C. could    D. outside

(   ) 4. A. nobody   B. smoke    C. soldier   D. potato

(   ) 5. A. leave     B. cheap     C. clean    D. each

二、词汇。11%

(1) 根据英文释义写出相应的单词:(5分)

1. __________ give food to  a person or  an animal

2. __________ big important town

3. __________ not quickly

4. __________ too

5. __________ a long way  off

(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空:(6分)

1. — What does your father do?

  — He's a farmer. He __________ __________ a farm.

2. The animals are  hungry. I must __________ them now.

3. I think the  work is going to __________ very  interesting.

4. I'm going to  study in _______ after I  leave middle school.

5. In autumn Kate often helps her  father __________ apples 

  on the  trees.

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. — How many animals do  you have? — I have ____.

      A. five sheep and  ten cows  B. five sheeps and  ten cows

      C. five sheep and  ten cow   D. five sheep and  ten cows.

(   ) 2. — Can you hear a  bird ____ in the tree now?

       — Yes, I can.

      A. sings      B. singing    C. to sing    D. sing

(   ) 3. They grow some ____ ____ on the  farm.

      A. corns and wheats      B. corns and wheat

      C. corn and wheats       D. corn and wheat

(   ) 4. — Which do you  like ____, English of Chinese?

       — English.

      A. better    B. /         C. best      D. the best

(   ) 5. — Which do you  like ____, a cow, a dog  or a cat?

       — A cow.

      A. /        B. better      C. best      D. a lot

(   ) 6. He says he  is ____ than I.

      A. happy               B. very happy

      C. a little happier        D. the happiest

(   ) 7. I have a  dog ____. What about Mary?

      A. also     B. too         C. never    D. all

(   ) 8. — Where's John? — He's working ____ the  fields.

      A. at      B. in     C. on      D. to

(   ) 9. She often helps her  uncle ____ the work.

      A. does    B. doing  C. with doing  D. with

(   ) 10. — What time do  you usually ____?

        — At five.

      A. get home         B. get school

      C. get the farm       D. get the station

四、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话:14%

A:__________ are you going tomorrow?

B:To the farm.

A:What are you  going to do __________?

B:We are going to  help the farmers __________ oranges 

   and bananas.

A:Picking fruit is  hard __________,I think.

B:But we can __________ a lot __________ the farmers.

A:Yes. You are __________.By the way, what __________ job

   are you  going to do?

B:Some __________ us  are going to __________ the animals.

A:How many __________ of animals do  they have?

B:Three.

A:What are they?

B:They are chickens, pigs (猪) and cows.

A:Are the farmers going to __________ them in  the market?

B:Yes.

A:May I go  to __________ with you?

B:Yes. You're __________.

五、用所给的动词适当形式填空。12%(每小题 1.5分)

1. We are going to  do some __________ (shop) tomorrow.

2. — Is Kate helping her  mother _______ (clean) the  windows?

  — Yes, she is.

3. — Would you like __________ (play) games with us?

  — I'd love to.

4. Mr Green's job  is __________ (teach) the  children English.

5. The dog like __________ (run) a lot  every afternoon.

6. Look! Polly __________ (eat) an apple.

7. — May I ask Mary __________ (help) me?

  —Of course.

8. Let Kate __________ (fly) the kite now!

六、下面各句均有一处错误,请把错误处字母标号写在括号内,并在横

    线上改正。10%

(   ) 1. There  are going to have more trees in our  town

                       A        B          C              next year.  __________

          D 

(   ) 2. Mr Li is  walking slower than Mrs Li.  __________

        A               B   C    D

(   ) 3. Kate's parents grow rices and  tomatoes in the  country.

           A       B   C        D        __________

(   ) 4. John always goes fishing there in the  summer.

             A       B      C       D  __________

(   ) 5. I think live in town is  more interesting. __________

          A    B     C           D

七、句型转换,按要求完成下列各句。18% (每空 1.5分)

1. Mary likes flying kites. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ Mary like __________?

2. I have a little money.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ money do you  have?

3. Jim sometimes goes to  school in his  father's car.

(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ Jim sometimes goes to  school?

4. Tom is taller than any  other student in his  class.(改为同义句)

  Tom  is __________ __________ in his  class.

5. Mother has much homework to  do every day. (改为同义句)

  Mother has __________ __________ __________ homework 

  to do  every day.

八、完形填空。10%

Li Ling is  a middle school student. She likes English  1  and  she is good at  it. She often tells her  parents about her  English study. Now she   2  with  her father about her  English study again.

Li Ling says, “ 3  ,Dad, this is  our new English book. There are  4  interesting stories in  it.”

“ Mmm, not bad. Do you   5  only  English in class or  does your teacher explain (解释) everything to you   6 ?”

“Oh,  7 ! We  speak English for  most of the  time in class! Our teacher speaks to  us only in  English. Sometimes it is  not only for  us to understand (懂得) her, but she says listening and  speaking help a  lot.”

“I think she's right.  8  she  speak very slowly?”

“Not always. Sometimes we  don't understand her. Then she   9 it  again.”

“It's interesting to  study English, isn't it?”

“Yes, it is. And I'm  going to work harder at  it. I'm going to  do my best.”

“That's good. I'm  10  you'll study still better.”

(   ) 1. A. a lot  of  B. a lot   C. very      D. much

(   ) 2. A. is talking  B. talks   C. is telling  D. is saying

(   ) 3. A. Look at   B. See   C. Look     D. Watch

(   ) 4. A. much     B. many  C. no       D. not a

(   ) 5. A. say       B. talk    C. speak    D. tell

(   ) 6. A. in Chinese         B. for Chinese

       C. with Chinese       D. with English

(   ) 7. A. Not      B. No    C. Don't     D. mustn't

(   ) 8. A. Is       B. Don't   C. Do       D. Does

(   ) 9. A. must have to  say    B. have to say

       C. has to say         D. does to say

(   ) 10. A. sorry   B. right   C. afraid     D. sure

九、阅读理解:根据短文内容,选择正确答案。 10%

One day  Einstein (爱因斯坦) is walking in  the street in  New York. His friend meets him, and says to  him, “Einstain, you should (应该) buy a new  coat. Look, how old your coat is!”

But Einstein answers, “It doesn't matter. Nobody knows me  here.”

After a  few years Einstein becomes a  famous scientist (著名科学家). But he still wears the  old coat.

His friend meets him  again and asks him  to buy a  new one. But he  says, “ I  needn't (不必) buy a  new coat. Everyone knows me  here.”

(   ) 1. Einstein is ____ scientist.

      A. an English        B. a French 

      C. an American      D. a Japanese

(   ) 2. Einstein's coat is  very old, His friend ____.

      A. gives him a  new one

      B. asks him to  buy a new  one

      C. helps him buy  a new one

      D. throws away the  old one

(   ) 3. Einstein doesn't want to  buy a new  one because ___.

      A. nobody knows him   B. he likes the  old coat

      C. he has no  money    D. he doesn't mind (在乎) it

(   ) 4. A few  years later Einstein ____.

      A. buys a new  coat      B. becomes a great scientist

      C. still wears the  old coat D. B and  C

(   ) 5. The best title (题目) should be (应该是) “___”

      A. Einstein's Coat    B. Einstein And His  New Coat.

       C. Einstein and His  Friends  D. Einstein

新    编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 3—4)

B 卷

班级:_____ 座号:_____ 姓名:______

一、听对话后选择正确答案。(每小题听 2遍) 5%

(   ) 1. A. Kate.   B. Mary.   C. Ann.   D. Kate and  Mary.

(   ) 2. A. A dinner.         B. A party.

       C. An English party.  D. A game.

(   ) 3. A. Bananas.          B. Apples.

       C. Oranges.          D. Bananas and oranges.

(   ) 4. He's a _____.

       A. doctor  B. teacher  C. worker  D. farmer

(   ) 5. A. Next week.        B. Next Sunday.

       C. Tomorrow.        D. The day ofter tomorrow.

二、听短文后在下面每个空白处填上所缺的单词。(短文听 3遍)10%       (每空 0.5分)

The Mid- Autumn _________ usually _________ in __________ or October. ________ _________ eat mooncakes on  that ________. A  mooncake is a _________ and _________ cake. It looks ________ the moon. There are  many _________ _________ of  mooncakes. They _________ meat, _________, nuts or _________ _________ inside.

At _________ many _________ stay _________ in  the _________ air. They  look at the _________ moon and  eat the mooncakes.

三、在下列各组单词中,找出一个划线部分读音与前面所给的音标读音

   相同的词。5%

(   ) 1. [e]   A. many  B. family  C. basket  D. problem

(   ) 2. [A]   A. away  B. matter  C. water   D. any

(   ) 3. [U:]  A. book  B. full    C. foot    D. broom

(   ) 4. [U]   A. blue   B. bedroon C. noodle  D. mooncake

(   ) 5. [[]   A. skirt   B. purse   C. sweater D. purple

四、词汇。12%

(1) 用所给的词适当形式填空。(6分)

1. Could you tell me  what your __________ (give) name is?

2. What's the __________ (different) between these two  sheep?

3. My English is __________ (good) than __________ (she).

4. Whose __________ (draw) is this?

5. Mary is always the __________ (one) to get  to school.

(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(6分)

1. They jump very high. But __________ jumps the  highest?

2. At night we  can see the __________ and the __________ in

  the sky.

3. Let me have a  __________. Oh, very  delicious.

4. They sometimes __________ their child to  the park.

5. What do you __________ do your teachers on  Teachers' Day?

五、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. They use  machines ____ all the farm work.

      A. to do   B. do   C. doing   D. make

(   ) 2. Why does John often ____?

      A. see the blue sky      B. look at the  blue sky

      C. look for the  blue sky  D. look after the  blue sky

(   ) 3. I often hear Miss Zheng ____ in her  room in the  evening.

      A. sings    B. to sing  C. singing  D. sings in  English

(   ) 4. Tom likes to _____ after school.

      A. play with basketball  B. play a  basketball

      C. play his dog        D. play with his  cat

(   ) 5. Katy and  Sandy live iin ____ not far  from here.

      A. town    B. a town   C. city     D. country

(   ) 6. Ann is  very tired. So she  trips ____ her shoes again 

       and again on  his back home.

      A. over     B. at       C. on       D. by

(   ) 7. We are  going to have _____ hiking and  eating something.

      A. lot of fun          B. lots of funs

      C. lots of fun          D. a lot fun

(   ) 8. Do you  have a rest ____?

      A. at noon             B. at the noon

      C. in the noon          D. on the noon.

(   ) 9. David often ____ about his  family and ____ us his 

       own (自己的) story.

      A. talks, tells   B. says, tells C. tells, talks D. tells, says

(   ) 10. When we  work on the  farm, we ___ a lot ____ the farmer.

      A. study, for  B. study, from C. learn, to D. learn, from

六、选用框格中的句子完成对话。6%

    A:Can I help you?

(   )B:Yes, please. The  Mid-Autumn Festival is  coming. 1._____

    A:What kind of  mooncakes would you  like?

(   )B:2. ______

    A:How many cakes do  you want?

(   )B:3. ______

    A:Here you are.

(   )B:4. ______

    A:Twenty five yuan.

(   )B:5. ______. Thank  you very much.

    A:6. ______

七、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话:10%

A:__________ is that boy?

B:He's Li Ping.

A:__________ __________ is  he?

B:He's twelve.

A:__________ does he do

B:He's a student.

A:__________ he doing now?

B:He's __________ a kite.

A:__________ he fly a  kite every Sunday?

B:__________. He __________ a  kite when he  is _________.

八、句型转换:按要求完成下面各句。7% (每空 0.5分)

1. He has some  eggs  and bread for  breakfast. (改为否定句)

  He __________ __________ __________ eggs __________

  bread for  breakfast.

2. My job is  to look after these animals.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ your job?

3. Peter can see  two cars on  the road.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ cars can Peter see  on the road?

4. Jim is the  tallest boy in  his class.(改为同义句)

  Jim is _________ _________ _________ other boy in  his class.

5. What must they do now?(改为同义句)

  What __________ they __________ __________ do now?

九、把下面句子译成英语。15%

1. 你同意她的意见吗?

   __________________________________________________

2. 我只好再呆一天。

   __________________________________________________

3. 他们正相聚在一起庆祝节日。

   __________________________________________________

4. 凯特每天几点到家?

   __________________________________________________

5. 我们再也吃不下了。

   __________________________________________________

十、完形填空。10%

Many people like watching TV. Watching TV is  1   of  the most important activities (活动) of the day. TV brings the  outside world close to  people's house. Some people  2  the  world is  3  than  before because of  TV.

What's going on  in other countries? How  4  people live in  faraway places?  5  there a  sports game some where? What's the  life in the  deepest (最深的) part of  the sea? If you  want to  6  these and  other kind of  questions, just turn  7  the  TV and watch it. Of course people can  also learn through reading or  listening  8  the  radio (收音机). But TV  can help them learn better and  more easily,  9  ? Because they can  hear and watch too. TV can  give  10 new ideas. It's a  wonderful (精彩的) thing.

(   ) 1. A. one      B. any     C. some     D. a

(   ) 2. A. tell      B. speak    C. say      D. talk

(   ) 3. A. small    B. smaller   C. big      D. bigger

(   ) 4. A. well      B. does    C. do      D. can

(   ) 5. A. Are      B. Has     C. Is       D. Have

(   ) 6. A. know    B. see      C. get     D. find

(   ) 7. A. on      B. down     C. off     D. to

(   ) 8. A. on      B. in        C. at     D. to

(   ) 9. A. when    B. why      C. which   D. where

(   ) 10. A. we    B. our      C. ours      D. us

十一、阅读下面短文,然后判断句子下“T”误“F”。10%

When you  are in England, you must be  very careful in  the streets because the  traffic drives on  the left. Before you  cross (横穿) a street, you must look to  the right (右) first and then to  the left (左).

In the  morning and in  the evening when people go  to or come from work, the streets are  very busy (拥挤). Traffic is very dangerous (危险的).

When you  go by bus  in England, you have to  be careful, too. Always remember (永远记住) the traffic goes on  the  left. So you  must be careful. Have a  look first or  you may go  the wrong way.

In many English cities, there are big  buses with two  floors. You can sit  on the second floor. From there you  can see the  city very well. It's  very  interesting.

(   ) 1. Buses and  cars drive on  the left in  all the countries

       in the world(世界).

(   ) 2. In England, before you  cross a street, you must look

       to the right first.

(   ) 3. Traffic is  very dangerous in  the morning and  in the evening.

(   ) 4. When you  go by bus  in England, you will always go

       the wrong way.

(   ) 5. You can  see the city well from the  second floor of  the bus.

新   编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 5)

A 卷

班级:_____ 座号:_____ 姓名:______

一、在下列各组单词中找出一个重音位置不同于其它三个的词。5%

(   ) 1. A. college   B. elephant   C. until      D. winter

(   ) 2. A. October  B. country    C. interesting D. taxi

(   ) 3. A. festival   B. important   C. matter    D. second

(   ) 4. A. harvest   B. panda      C. tractor    D. computer

(   ) 5. A. mountain B. electronic  C. picnic     D. pumpkin

二、词汇。10%

(1) 根据英文释义写出相应的单词:(5分)

1. __________ not safe

2. __________ go up  and down with the  help of hands and  feet

3. __________ go down to  a lower (较低) place

4. __________ big piece of  land with many trees

5. __________ not anything

(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空:(5分)

1. There's a  dolphin __________ in  the zoo. Let's  go and  watch it.

2. Many  people often go  to the parks __________ their holidays.

3. Do you like __________ the monkeys play basketball?

4. Everyone says work must __________first.

5. The Chinese people are  very __________ to  foreigners.

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. — Can we meet a  little earlier?

       — Well, let's ____ at eight?

      A. make     B. make it   C. meet it   D. do it

(   ) 2. _____ go to  the zoo tomorrow, shall we?

      A. Let's     B. Why not  C. Shall we  D. Do we

(   ) 3. — _____ we go for  a walk?   — Good idea.

      A. Do      B. Most      C. Can      D. Shall

(   ) 4. — Shall we ____ the basketball game on  the TV now?

       — Sorry, I must _____ this book first.

      A. Watch, see B. see, read  C. watch, read D. Look at, watch

(   ) 5. — Can you come out  and play game with us?

       — Sorry, I have ______ homework to  do.

      A. quite lot of        B. quite a lot  of

      C. a quite lot  of      D. quite many

(   ) 6. That's ______ we keep these animals in  the cages.

      A. where      B. so    C. because    D. why

(   ) 7. I feel sorry _____ these poor (可怜的) aninals.

      A. to        B. for    C. with      D. by

(   ) 8. — How many boats can  you see ____ the lake?

       — Only one.

      A. on       B. in     C. near      D. before

(   ) 9. — ____ these boats ____ ducks?  — No, not at all.

      A. Do, like            B. Are, like   

      C. Do, look after       D. No, look for

(   ) 10. — She is ____ of the  two sisters.    

      A. tall     B. tallest     C. taller      D. the taller

四、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话:13% (每空 0.5 分)

1. A:__________ we go  to the zoo?

  B:That's a good _________. _________ can we  get there?

  A:The zoo is  a __________ far. Let's go __________bus.

  B:OK. But __________ bus  shall we __________?

  A:Bus No. 2.

  B:__________ __________ shall  we meet?

  A:What about a __________ past nine?

  B:Good! No __________. Where  shall we meet _________?

  A:__________ meet  under the tree, outside ___________

     ___________ __________the  zoo.

  B:__________ right  see you then.

2. A:Are you  going to __________ __________ tomorrow?

  B:Yes. I have __________ to do.

  A:Would you like to _________ __________ to my  house?

  B:Yes. But what are  we going to  do?

  A:Let's __________ kites and then __________ them in

      the field.

  B:Oh, good idea. I'd __________ __________.

五、用所给的动词适当形式填空。12%(每小题 1.5分)

1. I hear one  of the birds __________ in the  tree.

2. He  likes to  watch the children __________ games.

3. Why not __________ boating on  the lake?

4. These  questions are  hard __________.

5. Tell Tom __________ up earlier tomorrow.

6. Some of us  are good at _________.

7. He __________ the radio (收音机) but __________ nothing.

8. Tom _________ mooncakes with meat but  with nuts inside.

9. Look! The leaves (树叶) __________ down  from the tree.

10. I have something __________ today.

六、改写句子,在改写后的句子中填入适当的词,使其与原句意思相

   符。16% (每格 1分)

1. Shall we go  to the park?

  __________ __________ go to the  park?

2. Let's meet at  a half past nine.

  Let's meet at __________ __________.

3. Chickens Can't swim. I think.

  I __________ __________ Chickens __________ swim.

4. I don't know what we  shall do.

  I don't know __________ __________ __________.

5. We are going to  have no classes tomorrow.

  We __________ going to  have __________ classes  tomorrow.

6. Let's have a  swim this afternoon.

   Let's __________ __________ this afternoon.

7. A turkey is  much bigger than a  chicken.

  A turkey is __________ __________ bigger than a  chicken.

七、把下面句子译成英语。 16%

1. 你认为怎样?

   __________________________________________________

2. 当我累的时候,我休息了一下。

   __________________________________________________

3. 你喜欢饺子煮海鲜吃吗?

  __________________________________________________

4. 哪一个是陆地上最大的动物?

   __________________________________________________

八、完形填空。10%

Children is  the USA like K  Day  1 . K is  for kites. March (三月) 7 is the  day. On that day  many children go  out   2  open  air. They  3  their kites with them. Some kites are  very big. Others are  small. They are  4  different colours. Every kite has  a long string (细绳).

To get  the kites up. The children begin to  run. They let out  the string  5  the  ball in their hands. Now the  kites are up  in the sky. How nice they  6 !

Now all  of the kites are  high up in  the air. Some are  higher than others. The one  like a bird is  the highest. But   7  wrong? It's flying away! The string  8 .

 9   kite  gets away. And more kites fly  away. But children are  running after them. They want to   10 . People are  watching them and  laughing.

(   ) 1. A. a lot   B. a lot  of   C. lots of    D. very

(   ) 2. A. in      B. in the     C. at the    D. on the

(   ) 3. A. get    B. catch      C. bring     D. take

(   ) 4. A. with   B. of        C. in        D. on

(   ) 5. A. to     B. from       C. in       D. by

(   ) 6. A. see    B. watch      C. look at   D. look

(   ) 7. A. is it   B. what       C. what's    D. something

(   ) 8. A. break   B. breaks     C. is breaking D. is broken

(   ) 9. A. Another  B. Other     C. The other D. Others

(   ) 10. A. get them in         B. get them away

        C. get them back       D. throw them away

九、阅读理解:根据短文内容选择正确答案。 10%

In a  small village, there is  a  teacher, a nurse, a  driver and  a worker. They are  good friends. What are  their names? One is  Mike, one is Jack, one is  Tom and the  other is John. Mike's and  Tom's children are  classmates. John has not  any children. He teaches his  friends' children at school. Mike has  many hens. He gives the  driver and the  nurse eggs. Jack's Child goes to  the nurse's house. The nurse house is  beside Jack's.

(   ) 1. — Are the four people good friends or  brothers?

       — ______.

      A. They are good friends   B. They are  brothers

      C. They are not  good friends or  brothers D. A and  C

(   ) 2. — Are they all  men?    — ______.

      A. No, they aren't         B. Yes, they are

      C. Two are men  and the other are  women

      D. They are women

(   ) 3. — What's John?    — He's a ______.

      A. nurse     B. driver    C. teacher    D. worker

(   ) 4. — Who has hens?   — ____ has.

      A. Jack      B. Tom     C. Mike     D. John

(   ) 5. — Where's the nurse's house?   — It's ______.

      A. behind Mike's         B. beside Tom's

      C. beside Mike's         D. beside Jank's

新   编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 6)

B 卷

班级:_____ 座号:_____ 姓名:______

一、在下列各组中找出一个划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。 5%

(   ) 1. A. before   B. celebrate  C. elephant  D. festival

(   ) 2. A. kilometre B. inside    C. climb     D. mid-autumn

(   ) 3. A. horse    B. use       C. nurse     D. house

(   ) 4. A. mountain B. round    C. about     D. country

(   ) 5. A. bank    B. another   C. land      D. meaning

二、词汇。 12%

(1) 根据英文释义写出相对应的单词。 (5分)

1. _________ from one end (末端) to the other

2. _________ like, in the same way

3. _________ place where people buy  books

4. ___________ road in a  town or a  city with buildings along the  side

5. _________ have something and  not give it  away

(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(7分)  (每空 1分)

1. _________ is the ninth month of  a year.

2. It's Monday today. So it  will be _________ tomorrow.

3. We have three meals a  day, ________ , _________ and ________.

4. — May I ask  a _________ , Miss Green. — Yes, please.

5. Mr lives on  the tenth _________ of the  building.

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. Six students stand ____ a row ____ the class.

      A. on, in front of       B. on, at the front of

      C. in, in front of        D. in, at the front of

(   ) 2. Please ____ the coin from the  back to the  back to the  front.

       A. pass      B. put     C. give    D. take

(   ) 3. Let's see  what's ____ your hand.

      A. at       B. in      C. to      D. with

(   ) 4. Who sits on  the ____ right?

      A. twin      B. twins     C. twin's   D. twins'

(   ) 5. — What book do  you want to  buy?

       — A new ____ with nice pictures in ____.

      A. one, one   B. one, it   C. it, one   D. book, book

(   ) 6. Shall we ____ the bus  at the next bus  stop?

      A. get in    B. get on   C. get out   D. get off

(   ) 7. We must keep our  classroom ____ and tidy.

      A. clean      B. cleaned  C. cleaning   D. to clean

(   ) 8. There's a  park ____ the other side ____ the road.

      A. in, on    B. on, of    C. in, in     D. in, of

(   ) 9. — ____. Where's the nearest bank, please?

       — ____. I don't know. Please ask  the policeman over there.

      A. Sorry, Excuse me      B. Excuse me, Excuse me

      C. Excuse me, Sorry      D. Hello, Hi

(   ) 10. — How far is  it to the  station?

        — It's about 5  miles ____ ____.

      A. away, from here       B. away, to here

      C. to, there             D. from, there

四、在 B 栏中找出与 A 栏相对应的答语。5%

              A                  B

(  )1. Would you  like to come the  party? A. There are  three buses going

                                    there. You can take any  of them.

( )2. Are you  free tomorrow?    B. Good idea.

( )3. Shall we  go to the  zoo?    C. No, I  have to help my  parents

                                     do some farmwork.

( )4. How can  I get the  park?    D. Yes, I love to.

( )5. Which bus  shall I  take?    E. It's quite near. You can walk there.

五、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话。10%  (每空 0.5分)

A:Excuse me. __________ __________ a park near here?

B:_________. I'm new here. Please __________ the man  over there.

A:Thank you __________ __________ __________.

      *   *   *   *   *   *   *   *   *   *

B:Could you __________ me where the  park is?

A:Yes. But there are  three parks __________ here. Which on

   would you  like?     B:The nearest.

A:The nearest one  is only one  kilometre _________. But  it's

   the smallest.      B:What __________ the biggest one?

A:It's __________ __________ farther __________ the smallest

   one. But there are ________ interesting things to ________.

   You'd __________ go and  see them.

B:Thank you. But __________ can I get  there?

A:You can __________ a number 2 bus. It only __________

   you five minutes to  get there.

B:Thank you very much.  A:You're welcome.

六、句型转换。12% (每空 0.5分)

1. I don't know how  I can get  to the post office. (改为同义句)

  I don't know __________ __________ __________ ________

  the post office.

2. Mary sits on  my left. (改为同义句)

  I sit  on __________ __________ .

3. Please don't open the  window. (改为同义句)

  Please __________ the window __________.

4. You'd better go  there by bus. (改为同义句)

  You'd better __________ __________ __________ ________.

5. There is a  bookshop before our  school. (改为同义句)

  These is  a bookshop __________ __________ __________

  our school.

6. It's about two miles from here to  the factory.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ is  it from here to  the factory?

7. The boy in the  car is Tom. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ is  Tom?

8. They can have only five guesses. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ guesses can they have?

9. Ann passes the  coin to me. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ Ann __________ the coin to?

七、用框格中动词适当形式填空,每词只能使用一次。10%

1. Would you like to __________ beside me?

2. You'd better __________ for Miss Li  here. She's coming.

3. I often do  some __________ in the morning.

4. Mr Green _________ in Beijing. He is  in Shanghai.

5. — What's Tom doing?  — He __________ the box over.

6. Miss King __________ for New  York tomorrow.

7. It's time ___________ to bed.

8. How about __________ another apple?

9. A monkey is  good at __________.

10. Tom likes __________ his new  watch to  his classmates.

八、把下面句子译成英语。16%

1. 她经常向你求助吗?

   ____________________________________________________

2. 我坐在教室的后面 。

   ____________________________________________________

3. 玛丽紧挨凯特站着。

   ____________________________________________________

4. 公园的中部有一个湖。

   ____________________________________________________

九、完形填空。10%

It's Sunday. There are   1  people in  the bus. And  2  is  looking for here and  there. He wants to  have an empty  3 . Then he  finds one. He goes to  it. A small  4  is  on the seat. And a  young man is  sitting  5  it.

“Is this seat  6 ?” asks the old  mna.

“No, it's for   7 . She goes to  buy some bananas.” says the young man.“Well,” says the old man.“Let me  sit here, please. When she  comes back, I will leave here.”

The bus  starts.

“She doesn't come  8  her  bag is here. Let me  give her the bag.” says the old  man and he  throws the bag  9  of  the window.

The young man jumps up and  shouts:“Don't throw  it! It's  10  bag.!”

(   ) 1. A. no      B. a little   C. many     D. a lot

(   ) 2. A. a young woman      B. a young man 

       C. an old woman       D. an old man

(   ) 3. A. seat     B. chair    C. bag       D. room

(   ) 4. A. book    B. box      C. bag       D. flower

(   ) 5. A. or      B. at       C. next to    D. for

(   ) 6. A. full     B. empty    C. clean     D. yours

(   ) 7. A. a boy   B. a man   C. a woman  D. a policeman

(   ) 8. A. and    B. then      C. so        D. but

(   ) 9. A. from   B. out       C. away     D. through

(   ) 10. A. my    B. her       C. his       D. your

十、 阅读理解:10%

Do you  often play hide - and - seek (捉迷藏) with others? Most children often play this game and  love to play it. Hide - and - seek is  a very old  game. Maybe your father and  mother play the  game. Maybe your grandfather and  grandmother play it, too.

How do  we know this? Old stories tell us  about hide - and - seek. Very old pictures also show the  game.

Boys and  girls today play many old  games. Big children show small children how  to play them. And so  the games live on.

(   ) 1. Hide - and - seek is _____.

       A. an old picture        B. an old game

       C. an old sport  D. a game only for  the old people

(   ) 2. Grandmother is _____.

       A. others' mother         B. mother's mother

       C. father's mother        D. B and C

(   ) 3. This story tells us  about a _____.

       A. game for children      B. a children's picture

       C. sport for all  people    D. photo of old  people

(   ) 4. We know about hide - and - seek form _____.

       A. our parents  B. stories  C. pictures  D. A、B and  C

(   ) 5. Little children learn the  game from _____.

       A. TV      B. stories    C. big children  D. books

初二(上)英语单元同步检测(五)

Unit 5

第Ⅱ卷  笔试(选择题 55分)

Ⅴ. 单项选择(共 30小题,计 30分)

A)从每小题 A、B、C、D 中找出其划线部分读音与所给词相同的一个。

(   ) 21. zoo   A. moon   B. cook   C. good   D. foot

(   ) 22. ship   A. tiger    B. nice    C. live    D. like

(   ) 23. bag   A. map    B. date    C. make   D. same

(   ) 24. son   A. not     B. monkey C. home  D. dog

(   ) 25. meal   A. bread   B. sweater C. heavy  D. cheap

B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成单词拼写的一个。

(   ) 26. q___ ter A. ear    B. uar     C. aur    D. or

(   ) 27. h___    A. ear     B. ero    C. oue   D. oen

(   ) 28. dol___   A. pin    B. phin    C. hin   D. in

(   ) 29. prob___  A. em    B. am     C. lem    D. laam

(   ) 30. for___  A. ast    B. est     C. ist    D. ost

C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。

(   ) 31. _____ you free next Monday afternoon?

        A. Will     B. Shall    C. Do     D. Are

(   ) 32. — Would you like to  come to lunch? —_____.

        A. No, I don't         B. Yes, I could

        C. I would like       D. I would love to

(   ) 33. Mike has  a  lot of homework _____.

        A. do      B. at       C. with     D. to do

(   ) 34. I have ____ books than you.

        A. much  B. some  C. much more D. many more

(   ) 35. He goes to  school ___on Monday  than  on Tuesday.

        A. early              B. much early

        C. a little early        D. a little earlier

(   ) 36. Don't ____ the baby cry.

        A. idea    B. meet     C. make    D. know

(   ) 37. Let's go  and have a  look ____ the pictures.

        A. ×      B. at       C. on       D. with

(   ) 38. Which animal lives only in  China? _____.

        A. Horses  B. Elephants  C. Tiger   D. Pandas

(   ) 39. Our English teacher speaks English ____ in class.

        A. every time          B. all times

        C. all the time        D. all the times

(   ) 40. Mike is ____ student in  his class.

        A. best    B. a best   C. the best  D. the better

(   ) 41. — Is it a  fine day for  a walk? —_____.

        A. I think so  B. It is   C. It's fine  D. It isn't

(   ) 42. — Would you like to  go with me?

        — ____ . But I  must stay at  home.

        A. No, I don't         B. Yes, I like

        C. Sorry, I'd like       D. I'd love to

(   ) 43. — How many people eat  mooncakes on Mid-

         Autumn day?   — ______ do.

        A. Quite many of  people B. Quite a  lot of people

        C. Quite much          D. Quite a lot  of

(   ) 44.— What would you  like to  eat? — I'd like ____.

        A. nice something       B. nice anything

        C. something nice       D. a thing nice

(   ) 45. Why don't you  go there ____ later?

        A. few      B. some    C. little     D. a little

(   ) 46. The children are  going _____ their  father's car.

        A. on       B. at       C. by       D. in

(   ) 47. — Let's go and  see our uncle. —_____.

        A. OK  B. Yes   C. No, you don't D. Yes, I do

(   ) 48. Who sings ____ in your grade?

        A. good      B. well    C. better    D. best

(   ) 49. When shall we  meet? Let's ____ it one.

        A. think     B. make    C. have     D. to

(   ) 50. I think I _____ free at  four.

        A. must     B. may     C. can be   D. can

Ⅵ. 完形填空(共 10小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

Lucy and  Lily are with their mother. They are  walking     51   the  park. The children are  tired (疲倦的).   52   mother is  tired,   53  .

Lucy:Can we sit    54   the  lawn (草坪), Mum?

Mother:No, you can't, Lucy. The lawn is  wet (湿的).

Lily:   55  , Mun, I can see  a bench (长板凳) near that tree. We can  sit there.

Mother:No, you can't, children. The bench is  wet, too.

Lily: It's   56   raining, Mum. The bench isn't wet.

Mother:Can you see  a notice (告示) on the bench, Lily?

Lily:Yes, I can.

Mother:What   57  the notice say?

Lily:I   58   read  it. Can you  59   the  notice, Lucy?

Lily:Yes, I can. It   60   “Wet paint (油漆未干)”.

(   ) 51. A. on       B. in        C. at

(   ) 52. A. Her      B. His       C. Their

(   ) 53. A. also      B. either     C. too

(   ) 54. A. over      B. on        C. in

(   ) 55. A. Look     B. See       C. Listen

(   ) 56. A. no       B. not       C. like

(   ) 57. A. does      B. do        C. may

(   ) 58. A. can      B. can't       C. may

(   ) 59. A. read      B. speak      C. tell

(   ) 60. A. speaks    B. talks       C. says

Ⅶ. 阅读理解(共 10小题,计 15分)

(A) 根据短文内容,从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出能正确完成句子的最佳答案。

It is  Sunday. Mike and Lin  Tao want to  go to the  zoo. They are waiting for  a bus. A red  bus stops at  the stop. Mike and  Lin Tao get  on the bus.

“Here's a  seat for you, Mike.”

“No, thank you. There's another seat in  the front. I can  sit there.”

The bus  stops at the  next stop. An old  man gets on  the bus. Mike and  Lin Tao both stand up.

Lin Tao  says, “Here's a  seat for you, Grandpa. Please  sit  here.”

Mike also says, “Please come here and  have my seat, Grandpa.”

“Mine is  near the door. So take this seat, please, Grandpa,” says Lin Tao.

“Thank you  very much. It's very nice of  you.”

(   ) 61. Mike and  Lin Tao want to  go to _____.

       A. the park  B. the zoo  C. school   D. home

(   ) 62. They go  to the zoo _____.

       A. on foot   B. by bike  C. by train  D. by bus

(   ) 63. _____ gets on  the bus at  the next stop.

       A. An old man         B. Mike and Lin  Tao

       C. An old woman       D. Mike

(   ) 64. _____ seat is  near the door.

       A. Mike    B. Lin Tao  C. Mike's  D. Lin Tao's

(   ) 65. The boys ask _____ to sit  down.

       A. his      B. he       C. him    D. he's

B) 根据对话内容,从所给的选项中选出能完成对话的正确答案,有一项为多余选项。

A:Hi, Jack! What are you  going to do  on Sunday?

B:  66  . What do you  think?

A:  67 

B:Good idea! When shall we  meet?

A:  68 

B:Let's make it  a little earlier. There's a  zoo in the  park. We can go  and have a  look at the  animals.

A:  69  . Let's make it  half past one.

B:OK. Where shall we  meet?

A:  70 

  A. Great.               B. I have no  idea.

  C. What about a  quarter past two?

  D. Shall we  go to the  park?

  E. Would you  like to go  with me?

  F. Let's meet outside the  park gate.

第Ⅲ卷  笔试(非选择题 45分)

Ⅷ. 单词拼写(共 10小题,计 10分)

阅读下面会话,根据所给首字母在横线上写出所缺单词,使对话通顺。

A:Look at  those  monkeys. What are  they e     71   ?

B:Nuts. How m      72      monkeys can  you see?

A:Well, let's c      73    them. Oh, it's too  h      74    , I can't

    count them.

B:Right. They're r      75       and j      76     all  t    77    time.

A:Let's g     78   and  see the pandas. I hear one  of them h     79  

    a baby.

B:A baby panda? Great! L      80       go.

Ⅸ. 用所给动词的适当形式填空(共 10小题,计 10分)

81. The tigers should __________ (be) free in  the zoo.

82. I feel sorry for __________ (catch) the little bird.

83. Why not __________ (speak) English here?

84. Mary __________ (go) to school at  7∶00  every evening.

85. Would you  like __________ (help) me  with it?

86. In the  picture there __________ (be) so much milk.

87. ________ you ________ (write) to your friends very often?

88. Let me __________ (carry) the box  now.

89. Mrs Green has  a lot of  clothes __________ (wash).

90. My brother is  better than me  at __________ (swim).

Ⅹ. 句型转换(共 10小题,计 10分)

91. He goes to  school on foot every day. (改为同义句)

   He __________ __________ __________ every day.

92. Our English teacher draws very well. (改为同义句)

   Our English teacher __________ __________ __________

   drawing.

93. I'd like to  come to supper.(改为一般疑问句)

   __________ __________ like __________ __________ to 

   supper?

94. The man  goes to work by  bus. (改为否定句)

   The man __________ __________ to work by  bus.

95. The boat looks like an animal. (就划线部分提问)

   _________ __________ the boat __________ __________ ?

96. I think chickens can  swim. (改为否定句)

   I __________ __________ __________ __________ swim.

97. She has  a lot of  things to do  to. (改为同义句)

   She has __________ things  to do.

98. They are  having a good time. (改为同义句)

   They're __________ __________.

99. Why don't you  tell me the  news earlier? (改为同义句)

   Why __________ __________ me the  news earlier?

100. We have to  stay at home all  day. (改一般问句)

    ________________________________________________

Ⅺ. 汉译英(共 5小题,计 5分)

101. 我们五点半在学校门久见面好吗?

    __________ we __________ __________ __________ past 

    five __________ the school gate?

102. 今天我不得不做许多事情。

    Today I _________ _________ _________ a lot  of things.

103. 陆地上哪一种动物最大?

    Which animal is __________ __________ _________ land?

104. 我想孩子们不会去动物园。

    I __________ think children will __________ __________

    the zoo.

105. Lucy 不知道做些什么。

    Lucy doesn't know __________ __________ __________.

Ⅻ. 英语写作(计 10分)

介绍你参观过的动物园。(要求 80字左右)

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

初二(上)英语单元同步检测(六)

Unit 6

第 Ⅰ卷 听力测试 (选择题 20分)

Ⅰ. 听辨音(共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 中找出你所听到的单词的反义词,每小题听两遍。

(   ) 1. A. question   B. hard    C. keep    D. hear

(   ) 2. A. middle   B. right    C. next    D. eye

(   ) 3. A. pass     B. face    C. begin   D. head

(   ) 4. A. side      B. quite    C. right    D. back

(   ) 5. A. most    B. first     C. boat    D. best

Ⅱ. 单句理解(共5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出与你所听到句子意义相同或相近的那一个。每小题听两遍。

(   ) 6. A. Bob sits in  the second row.

       B. Bob sits in  the middle of  the class.

       C. Bob sits in  the back of  the class.

       D. Bob sits in  Row Three.

(   ) 7. A. Kate is before Mary.  B. Kate is  behind Mary.

       C. Kate is  between Mary and  Jim. D. Kate is  near Mary.

(   ) 8. A. They must put  their hands behind their back.

       B. They must lift their hands behind their back.

      C. They must close their hands.

       D. They must clean their hands.

(   ) 9. A. The students  must keep their mouths closed.

       B. The other students must close their eyes.

       C. The other students must open their eyes.

        D. The students mustn't close their eyes.

(   ) 10. A. Children often play this game.

        B. Children often play football.

        C. Children often play basketball.

        D. Children often like playing this game.

Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出能正确应答你所听到的句子的那一个,每小题听两遍。

(   ) 11. A. Yes, he does.     B. No, he doesn't.

        C. The student stands in  front of the  class.

         D. The teacher stands in  front of the  class.

(   ) 12. A. Bill sits right.    B. Bill doesn't sit.

        C. Bill sits on  the right of  Mary. D. Yes, Bill does.

(   ) 13. A. She's Kate.       B. He's Bob.

       C. He is my  good friend. D. She's in  the classroom.

(   ) 14. A. They are  middle school students.  B. They are  four.

        C. They are on  the right. 

        D. The students are  very friendly.

(   ) 15. A. Yes, I am not.    B. No, I am not.

        C. Yes, I do.        D. No, I don't.

Ⅳ. 短文理解(共 5小题,计 5分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出能完成所给句子的那一个。短文听三遍。

(   ) 16. Today is _____.

        A. Saturday  B. Sunday   C. fine day  D. Friday

(   ) 17. Mike and his  mother come to  a _____.

        A. big shop             B. small shop

        C. new shop            D. middle school

(   ) 18. Mike's  mother wants to  buy some pears  because it's _____.

        A. the dearest  B. the cheapest  C. the most  D. the rest

(   ) 19. Mike likes _____.

        A. bananas    B. pears    C. oranges    D. apples

(   ) 20. At last Mike's mother buy _____ for her  son.

        A. some oranges         B. some bananas

        C. some pears          D. some apples

第Ⅱ卷  笔试(选择题 55分)

Ⅴ. 单项选择(共 30小题,计 30分)

A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出其划线部分读音与所给读音相同的一个。

(   ) 21. [B:]  A. hand   B. answer  C. face   D. back

(   ) 22. [V]   A. usually  B. shirt   C. eraser  D. delicious

(   ) 23. [F]   A. wash   B. watch  C. touch  D. questions

(   ) 24. [z]   A. backs   B. guess   C. rows  D. students

(   ) 25. [[U]  A. strong   B. love   C. nose   D. other

B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。

(   ) 26. k___p    A. ee    B. ea   C. ei   D. ae

(   ) 27. ba___    A. c    B. k    C. ck   D. kc

(   ) 28. ri___t    A. ph   B. gh   C. sh    D. ch

(   ) 29. hospit___ A. l    B. al     C. el    D. ol

(   ) 30. dialog___ A. er    B. ue   C. ae   D. or

C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。

(   ) 31. _____ your hands on  the desk and  listen to me.

        A. Keep    B. Make    C. Take       D. Give

(   ) 32. Please pass the  photo from one  student to _____.

        A. others  B. another  C. the another D. the other

(   ) 33. She keeps the  door _____ and we can't go  in.

        A. close   B. closing   C. closed      D. to close

(   ) 34. Class begins at  eight. All the students ____ come late.

        A. aren't going to  B. don't C. haven't D. mustn't

(   ) 35. It's raining, _____ I can't go  out today.

        A. so    B. but      C. them      D. or

(   ) 36. This box is _____ than that one.

        A. much heavy       B. much heavier

        C. more heavy       D. more heavier

(   ) 37. Children often love _____ this game.

        A. play    B. plays     C. to play    D. to playing

(   ) 38. _____ in the middle?

        A. Whose the girl is   B. Who is  girl

        C. Whose is  girl      D. Who's the  girl

(   ) 39. The teacher gives one  of them _____ eraser.

       A. a      B. an      C. some    D. any

(   ) 40. Wang Lin sits _____ me.

        A. next to B. next for  C. the next to  D. next

(   ) 41. It's about forty metres _____ on the  right.

        A. long    B. along    C. for       D. from

(   ) 42. I want to  borrow _____ books.

        A. little    B. a little  C. few       D. a few

(   ) 43. You must pass the  ball from one  to _____.

        A. another  B. other   C. the other  D. others

(   ) 44. There is _____“o” in the word “shop”.

        A. an      B. a      C. the       D. ×

(   ) 45. The fruit shop is _____ the factory.

        A. next    B. in front  C. next to  D. in middle of

(   ) 46. “Thank you  very much”.“______.”

        A. All right          B. OK

        C. Not at all         D. Thank you, too

(   ) 47. We _____ ask the teacher over there.

        A. have better        B. had good

        C. has better         D. had  better

(   ) 48. Go along the  street, then take _____ turning on the  right.

        A. five     B. the fifth  C. the five  D. fifth

(   ) 49. The post office is _____ this road _____ the left.

       A. long, on  B. along, on C. longer, in D. longer, on

(   ) 50 Mary and Ann _____ help.

        A. needs any          B. needs some

       C. need some         D. need any

Ⅵ. 完形填空(共 10小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

I   51   fish  very  52 . I often fish  53  hours without catching  54 . But this does not  worry me. Some fishermen are  not lucky. Instead of  catching fish, they   55   stones and  some other things. I'm even less lucky.

I never catch anything-not even stones. After having spent whole morning on  the river, I always go  home with an   56  bag.“You must  57  up  fishing!” My friend  58 . “It's waste of   59 .” But they don't know an  important thing, I don't really pay  attention  to fishing. I only like to  sit in a  boat and do   60  at  all.

(   ) 51. A. like      B. likes      C. liking    D. liked

(   ) 52. A. many    B. much     C. well     D. good

(   ) 53. A. in       B. on       C. at       D. for

(   ) 54. A. something B. nothing   C. anything  D. things

(   ) 55. A. get       B. gets      C. getting   D. got

(   ) 56. A. old      B. new      C. empty    D. full

(   ) 57. A. give     B. get       C. put      D. catch

(   ) 58. A. say      B. said      C. says     D. saying

(   ) 59. A. money   B. water      C. things    D. time

(   ) 60. A. something B. anything   C. nothing  D. everything

Ⅶ. 阅读理解(共 10小题,计 15分)

A) 根据短文内容,从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案。

One  evening Mr White is  driving his car  in the country and  looking for a  small hotel. When he  sees  an old  man on the  side of the  road, Mr White stops his  car and says to  the old man,“I want to  o to the  Sun Hotel. Do you  know how to  get there?”“Yes, of course, ” the old man  answers, “I'll show you  the way. Please let  me sit in  your car. I can  go here to  turn.” He with you  and tell you  wgets on  Mr White's car. They drive about twelve miles. When they come to  a small house, the old  man says, “Stop here.” Mr White stops his  car and says,“ But this isn't a  hotel.”

“No,” the old man  answers, “This is  my house. Than you  very much for  driving me home. And I  will show you  the way to  the Sun Hotel. Turn around and  go back nine miles. Then you  will get to  the hotel.”

(   ) 61. What is  Mr  White doing?

       A. He is looking for  a horse.

       B. He is mending his  car.

       C. He is cleaning his  car.

       D. He is driving his  car and looking for  a hotel.

(   ) 62. Mr White asks _____ how he  can get to  the Sun Hotel.

       A. a policeman  B. an old  man  C. a boy  D. a woman

(   ) 63. What does the  old man ask  Mr White to  let

        him do first?

       A. He asks Mr  White to let  him  sit in his  car.

       B. He shows Mr  White the way  to the hospital.

       C. He shows Mr  White the way  to the sun  Hotel.

       D. He tells Mr  White to turn left at  the first crossing.

(   ) 64. How long do  they drive about when they come

        to a small house?

       A. About nine miles.   B. About three miles.

       C. About twelve miles.  D. About twenty miles.

(   ) 65. How does Mr  White feel after he  hears the old

        man's words? He  feels _____.

       A. angry      B. hungry  C. glad   D. happy

B) 根据对话内容,从所给的选项中选出能完成会话的一项,有一项为多余。

A:What are  you going to  do tomorrow?

B:  66  . Would you like to  come  with me?

A:  67  . But I have no  ticket here.

B:Don't worry.   68  .

A:That's great.   69 

B:At four o'clock in  the afternoon.

A:Where shall we  meet?

B:  70  .

A:OK. Thank you. Goodbye!

B:Goodbye!

   A. You're welcome     B. I'll love to

   C. I'm going to watch a  football game

   D. When is the  game going to  be?

   E. I can let  you have one  F. Outside the  school gate.

第Ⅲ卷  笔试(非选择题 45分)

Ⅷ. 单词拼写(共 10小题,计 10分)

阅读下面对话,根据所给首字母在横线上写出所缺单词,使对话通顺。

A:W   71   time  is it now?

B:It's h    72   past  nine.

A:What are  you d   73    now?

B:I'm m   74   a  paper plane.

A:It's Sunday today. Shall we  p   75    football this afternoon?

B:No, thank you. I'm going to  s    76    a  film. W   77 

   not see a  film this evening with me?

A:Good i    78   . When shall we  m    79   ? What

   about a  quarter to twelve?

B:OK. Don't b   80   late.

Ⅸ. 用所给动词的适当形式填空(共 10小题,计 10分)

81. He likes __________ (swim) best in summer.

82. Why not __________ (go) now? It's too late.

83. You'd  better __________ (take) care  of yourself.

84. What __________ she __________ (make) tomorrow?

85. Listen! Someone __________ (listen) to us.

86. __________ (not  be) late next time.

87. There __________ (be) a lot  of apples on  the tree.

88. There __________ (be) a sports meet tomorrow.

89. _________ it _________ (snow) in winter in  your country?

90. Who __________ (speak) over there?

Ⅹ. 句型转换(共 10小题,计 10分)

91. I  want to do  some shopping. (同义句)

   I want __________ __________ __________ .

92. I  have many friends there. (同义句)

   I __________ have __________ __________ __________

   friends there.

93. The  pencil on the  desk is mine.(对划线提问)

   __________ __________ is  yours?

94. Tom  sits on Kate's right and  on Bill's left. (同义句)

   Tom sits __________ Kate __________ Bill.

95. Keep  your eyes closed. (同上)

   __________ __________ is yours?

96. The  ball goes from one  boy to another. (同上)

   The _________ ________ the ball form one  to another.

97. I  want to do  some shopping. (否定句)

   I don't want __________ __________ anything.

98. Please  turn right at  the third turning.(同义句)

   Please __________ the third __________ __________ the right.

99. They do well in  English. (同上)

   They are __________ __________ English.

100. The  cake is the  nicest of all. (同上)

    The cake is _________ than _________ _________ cake.

Ⅺ. 汉译英(共 5小题,计 5分)

101. Where's the  factory? It's _________ _________ _________

     _________  (在邮局的外边).

102. The fruit shop is _________ _________ _________ _________

    (大约 5千米远).

103. I want _________ _________ _________ _________  

    (乘公共汽车) to go there.

104. Han Meimei _________ _________ _________ _________

    (擅长绘画).

105. Some of  the apples _________ _________ _________

     _________ (很难够得着).

Ⅻ. 英语写作(计 10分)

Mr Li 在英国,他想去医院,但不知道路线,他询问警察。请你写一段对话,要求每人至少说话 5次。

Mr Li:Excuse me.

Policeman:Yes?

Mr Li:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

新   编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 9)

A 卷

班级:_________ 座号:________ 姓名:_________

一、在下列各组中找 出一个划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。5%

(   ) 1.A. airport   B. important   C. corn    D. world

(   ) 2.A. bear     B. near       C. hear    D. clear

(   ) 3.A. second   B. lesson      C. nobody   D. together

(   ) 4.A.yesterday B. today      C. Sunday   D. Monday

(   ) 5.A. always   B. along      C. address   D. England

二、词汇。 12%

1) 根据释义写出相对应的英语单词。(5分)

1.______________  the fourth month of  a year

2. ______________  each thing, all things

3. ______________  know what something means

4. ______________  biggest number; more than all  others

5. ______________  go from one  place to another

2)根据下面短文意思用适当的词填空。(10分)

John  lived in the  country. He went to ___________ something in  the city __________ Sunday. He__________ up at seven. He__________ his hands and  faces, brushed his  teeth and__________ a light breakfast. He did  everything __________ because  he was afraid to__________ late. When he  got to the  city at about nine, he found he__________ his money at  home. He bought__________ and went home__________ foot.

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1.—_____ did you  come to China?

      — _____ my mother worked here.

      A. Why, Because        B. Why, and

      C. When, Because       D. How, So

(   ) 2. Mary was ____, _____ she didn't go  shopping with

       us yesterday.

      A. free, and   B. busy, so  C. free, so  D. busy, but

(   ) 3. I bought his  dictionary _____.

      A. for two months      B. two weeks before

      C. two weeks ago       D. in two week

(   ) 4. — Where did  Mr John _______?  — England.

      A. go to    B. move to  C. move   D. get to

(   ) 5. Does Miss Green enjoy _____ in China?

      A. to work   B. work   C. works   D. working

(   ) 6. Was Mary born ____ the morning of  May 2nd?

      A. at       B. in      C. /       D. on

(   ) 7. Miss Wang often reads the  morning newspaper

      ___ breakfast.

      A. for     B. at      C. in      D. with

(   ) 8. He likes to  write down something on _____ paper

       when he reads _____.

      A. a, a paper         B. a, paper 

      C. the, paper         D. the, papers

(   ) 9. They watch how  the monkey ____ basketball with the  dog.

      A. play    B. plays   C. to play  D. plays with

(   ) 10. Did John find ____ in New  York?

      A. a work     B. a job   C. works    D. job

四、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话。7%(每空 0.5分)

A:Hello, Kate! __________ you free tomorrow? We are 

   going __________ a picnic. Are you going with us?

B:Oh, yes. I'd love __________! When are  we going to  meet?

A:__________ half past eight. Please come at  a _________

   past eight.

B:I'm afraid  I __________ come so __________.

A:__________?

B:Because I'm  going to clean my  bedroom.

A:OK. You may come a __________ later. __________ don't be

   __________ late.

B:__________ the way, where shall we __________ ?

A:At our  school gate.

B:Is Miss Green going __________ us?

A:Yes. That's OK. See you  tomorrow.

B:See you  then.

五、句形转换,按要求完成下列各句。11%(每空 1分)

1. Miss  White bought some  apples from  the fruit shop.

(改为否定句)

  Miss White __________ __________ __________ apples 

  from the fruit shop.

2. She  did eye exercises a  moment ago. (改为一般疑问句)

   __________ she __________ eye exercises a  moment  ago?

3. I  listened to all  he said.(改为同义句)

   I listened to __________ he said.

4. He  took a walk after supper yesterday. (改为同义句)

   He _________ __________ a  walk after supper yesterday.

5. Mr  John lived in  Beijing for some years.(对句子划线部分提问)

   __________ __________ did  Mr John live in  Beijing.

6. He  takes an umbrella with him.(对句子划线部分提问)

   __________ __________ he  take with him?

六、用框格中的动词适当形式填空。10%(每题  1分)

1. — Can you __________ his room number

  — No. I __________ it.

2. She __________ very thirsty, so she  drank a lot  of water.

3. Mr  Mott finished __________ his bags an  hour ago.

4. Mrs  Mott liked __________ a pair of  glasses.

5. Miss White __________ to go hiking with her  friends

   last week.

6. Did you __________ to her letter?

7. Tom often __________ Miss Gao  to help him  with his Chinese.

8. How  long may I __________ these - books?

9. Mr  Green told us  something about English __________

   in other countries.

10. Do you  know who _________ the machine twenty years ago?

七、改错:下列各句均有一处错误,请把错误处字母标号写在括号

   内,并在横线上改正。10%

(   ) 1. Miss Mott is going to visit to our city next week. ______

                     A       B     C       D

(   ) 2. Mr John needn't an umbrella because it's very dry.______

               A   B         C       D

(   ) 3. Did you  hear Jim talked to  his teacher just now?_______

       A            B        C       D

(   ) 4. I looked at everything she  does carefully.________

              A     B        C     D

(   ) 5. Do you  know the answer of the question now._________

             A          B    C     D

八、把下面句子译成英语。12%

1. 让我们向格林先生说声再见吧。

   __________________________________________________

2. 她始终都努力学习。

  __________________________________________________

3. 起初我觉得(find)英语很难学。

   __________________________________________________

4. 昨天他乘飞机去英国了。

   __________________________________________________

九、完形填空:10%

Once a  rich (富的) man and  a tailor (裁缝) lived in the   1  house. The rich man  lived on the  second floor and  the poor tailor lived on  the first floor. The tailor liked to  sing   2  he made  3 . He  sang one song after another. But the  rich man liked  to sleep  4 , and the  singing wasn't good  5  his  sleep. One day the  rich man said. “Tailor, I'll give you  a bag  6   of  money every day  if you stop   7 .”“OK,” said the tailor, And so  the tailor stopped singing and  became (变得) richer  and  richer. But the more money he  got  8  the  rich man, the more unhappy (不快乐) he became, because he  wanted very much to  sing again. Finally (最后) he took all  the money   9   the rich man. “Here, ” he said.“Take your morney. I can't be  happy if  I don't sing.” And so he  gave the money back to  the rich man  and went away singing. He sang and  sang. He was   10  than before.

(   )1.A. good    B. the same  C. a different  D. same

(   )2.A. because  B. why      C. when       D. where

(   )3.A. bags    B. shoes     C. clothes     D. sweaters

(   )4.A. little   B. a little    C. a lot  of    D. a lot

(   )5.A. for     B. to        C. with       D. in

(   )6.A. empty   B. full       C. with        D. inside

(   )7.A. sing    B. to sing    C. singing      D. sings

(   )8.A. to      B. from      C. out         D. of

(   )9.A. away   B. from      C. back        D. to

(   )10.A. happy  B. unhappier  C. happier      D. happiest

十、阅读理解:根据短文内容判断句子正“T”误“F”。10%

Mary lived in  a small village. One early morning, her father took her  ot her uncle's home in  town. She had a  very good time there.

Before Mary left in  the evening, her uncle gave her  a jar (罐子) and said, “There is  some candy (糖果) in it. You may  put your hand into it  and take some when you  want to eat  something.”

Mary looked at  the jar when she  was in the  train. It had a  long and small neck (颈). She put her  hand into the  jar and took five pieces. But she  could not get  her hand out. She turned her  hand in some ways, still she  couldn't get her  hand out. Finally (最后) she let  go four pieces. Then she  could pull her  hand out of  the jar.

(   ) 1. One day  Mary's father took her  to her mother's brother's home.

(   ) 2. Mary stayed  in  town for half a  day.

(   ) 3. Mary couldn't take the  five pieces out  together.

(   ) 4. Mary didn't take out  any candy at  all.

(   ) 5. Mary uncle wanted to  make fun of  her(与她开玩笑).

新   编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 10)

A 卷

班级:_________ 座号:________ 姓名:_________

一、语音:在下列各组单词中找出重音位置不同于其它三个的词 5%

(   ) 1.A. airport    B. always   C. celebrate   D. invent

(   ) 2.A. famous   B. college   C. along      D. centre

(   ) 3.A. farming   B. museum  C. lion       D. later

(   ) 4.A. remember  B. matter   C. soccer     D. quickly

(   ) 5.A. problem   B. October  C. picnic    D. somebody

二、词汇。 12%

1) 根据句子意思,用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。(6分)(每

   空1分)

1. Mr Zhang is  a famous __________ (science).

2. She got  up a bit __________ (late) today than yesterday.

3. Tom is  a __________ (care) boy. He doesn't do  anything

  __________ (care).

4. What is  the __________ (mean) of  the sentence?

5. She  enjoyed the __________ (paint) a lot.

2)根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(6分)(每空 1分)

1. The band is  going to give a __________ tonight.

2. The band __________ “The  Beatles” is visiting China now.

3. THe player __________ down and __________ one of  her 

  legs this morning.

4. Did they visit any __________ part of your country?

5. Do you  often __________ to the music?

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. Is this ____ to our  city?

      A. your the first visit   B. your first visit

      C. you first visit       D. you to visit

(   ) 2. There are  two _____ in the band.

      A. women singers       B. woman singers

      C. the women singers   D. the woman singers

(   ) 3. What ____ there yesterday afternoon?

      A. was happened       B. were happened

      C. happened          D. happen

(   ) 4. Mary ____ a Chinese song from Miss Zhao last week.

      A. studied    B. studies C. learns   D. learned

(   ) 5. Are there many ______ tourists there now?

      A. others    B. the other C. other   D. others

(   ) 6. I like the  people there and  their _____.

      A. music and dancing   B. musics and  dancing

      C. music and dance    D. musics and dance

(   ) 7. Mr Black _____ good at  Chinese ____ Japanese.

      A. isn't, and   B. is, or C. isn't, or  D. isn't, but

(   ) 8. When I  was a child, _____ I often went swimming

       in the  river.

      A. and     B. so     C. but     D. /

(   ) 9. Can you  sing the songs _____ English?

      A. with    B. in     C. by      D. for

(   ) 10. There are _____ students in  No. 1 Middle School.

      A. three thousand    B. three thousands

      C. three thousands    D. three thousand of

四、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话。12%(每空 1分)

A:How __________ __________ are  there in  your band?

B:There are six.

A:Are there __________ girls?

B:Yes, but __________ one.

A:Do you often give a __________?

B:Yes. We just __________ a concert the  night before.

A:Where?

B:In a town not __________ from here, about five miles

   __________ .

A:__________ many people there?

B:Yes. About one thousand.

A:__________ were  they?

B:Most of __________ were students or  young people.

A:Did they enjoy your __________?

B:Yes, very much.

五、句形转换,按要求完成下面各句。16%(每空 1分)

1. Last night she  watched TV for  thirty minutes.(改为同义句)

  __________ __________ she watched  TV for __________

  __________ __________ .

2. How many players are  there in your team?(改为同义句)

  How many players __________ your team __________?

3. There is  no more problem. (改为同义句)

  There __________ problem __________ __________ .

4. Over five hundred people are  watching the game.(改为同义句)

  __________ __________ five hundred people are  watching

  the game.

5. They called their baby Sarah. (改为同义句)

  They __________ their  baby Sarah.

6. They had a  rest after work. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ they __________ after work?

7. John was  born in New York, U.S.A.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ was John born?

六、用框格中所给的动词适当形式填空。10%

1. There __________ two football games yesterday.

2. Does he  want anything __________?

3. I'm  sorry __________ Mary  is ill.

4. She __________ two songs  in the  party last night.

5. Jane __________ home at  six this morning.

6. The foreigners __________ in our  city now.

7. John __________ to play football when he  was ten.

8. — What are you  doing?

  — I __________ a composition.

9. — When did they get __________?

  — In 1986.

10. Tom is  a good student. He __________ hard.

七、根据汉语意思完成下面句子。15%

1. 在会议开始时,李先生作一个报告。

   __________________________________________________

2. 晚会又继续一个小时。

  __________________________________________________

3. 她匆忙地回去了。

  __________________________________________________

八、完形填空。10%

Jack was  an office worker. He worked in  an office in  a small town. One day  his boss (老板)  1  to  him, “Jack, I want you   2  to London, to an  office there, to  3  Mr  Brown.”

Jack went to  London  4  train. When he  got to London he  thought. “The office isn't far  from here. I can  go there on  foot. And I'll  5  it  easily”

But after an  hour, he was still looking for  it, so he stopped and  asked  6  old  woman. She said, “Go along this street, turn on  the left  at the  end, and it's the   7  on  the right. Jack went and  found it.”

 8   days  later, he went to  the same city,  9  again he  did not find the  office. So he asked someone in  the  10  . It was  the same old  woman. She was  surprised (吃惊) and said, “Are  you still looking for  the place?”

(   )1.A. told      B. said    C. asked     D. says

(   )2.A. go       B. going   C. to to     D. went

(   )3.A. see      B. look    C. watch     D. look at

(   )4.A. on       B. at      C. by       D. in

(   )5.A. look for  B. look at  C. found   D. find

(   )6.A. a       B. an      C. the     D. some

(   )7.A. two buildings        B. second buildings

      C. two buiding         D. second building

(   )8.A. A little  B. Little   C. Some   D. Quite a  lot

(   )9.A. but     B. and    C. or      D. for

(   )10.A. stop   B. street   C. town   D. way

九、完形填空:10%

There are  three rich (富的) girls sitting near the  river. They are quarrelling (争吵). One of them says, “Look, how white and  beautiful my hands are!” Another says, “Mine  are  more  beautiful.”

The third one  says. “You are  both wrong. Look, my hands are  the most  beautiful.” An old  beggar (乞丐) is coming then. “Beautiful girls, ” she says, “I'm old  and can't work. Now  I'm hungry. Please give me  something to eat. ” But the three girls give her  nothing. They only ask  her, “Tell me, old woman, who of  us has the  most beautiful hands?”

An old  man is also sitting by  the river. He is  poor and his  hand are dirty and  rough (粗糙的) from work. The old  woman comes to  him and says. “I'm hungry. Please give me  something to eat.” The old man  takes out his  only cake and  gives it to  the old woman.

The old  woman eats it  and has some water. Then she  takes the old  man by the  hand, brings him before the  girls and says. “Now I'll tell you  whose hands are  the most beautiful. Look, his hands are  dirty and rough from work, but they  give us  food. They are the  most beautiful. Your white hands are  dirty, because they never do  anything.”

(   )1. The three girls _____.

      A. have a  quarrel every day  B. are  rich but  not kind

      C. talk about their hands  D. live by  the river

(   )2. The old  woman asks for  something to eat ____.

      A. but no one  gives her anything

      B. and one of  the girls gives her  a cake

      C. because she  wants to know whose hands are  beautiful

      D. because she is  hungry.

(   )3. The old  man's hands are  dirty and rough because ___.

      A. he works all  the time

      B. he is the  older than the  woman

      C. he doesn't like quarrelling with others

      D. he doesn't like to  wash her hands

(   )4. The old  woman says the  old man's hands are  the

       most beautiful because _____.

      A. she likes dirty hands better

      B. the old man  gives her the  cake.

      C. his hands do  lots of work and  give food to  people

      D. the three girls don't give her  anything to eat.

(   )5. — Which of  the following is  the best title (题) for

         this passage?    — _______.

      A. Smooth (光滑的) hands, and rough hands 

      B. A old man  and an old  beggar

      C. The rich girls hands   D. The only cake.

新   编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 11)

A 卷

班级:_________ 座号:________ 姓名:_________

一、在下列各组中找出划线部分不同于其它三个的词。5%

(   )1.A. crop     B. composition  C. somebody  D. together

(   )2.A. kilometre B. metre       C. elephant   D. December

(   )3.A. busy    B. happy       C. reply      D. really

(   )4.A. clear    B. hear        C. nearly     D. heart

(   )5.A. start    B. March       C. warm    D. harvest

二、词汇。 10%

1) 根据英文释义写出对应单词。(5分)

1. ______________  the eighth month of  the year

2. ______________  go on

3. ______________  a little hot

4. ______________   different from

5. ______________  any person

2)根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(5分)

1. When and  where __________ you born?

2. I'd like you __________ me with my  English.

3. Mother was  ill. I __________ her  to a hospital near here.

4. Stop __________ and listen to  the teacher.

5. The children like __________ in the  river in summer.

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. Trees ____ green and flowers  start ___ in spring.

      A. turn, coming        B. turn, to come out 

      C. get, coming         D. turn to, to come out

(   ) 2. ____ does winter last in  your country?

      A. How long         B. How many time

      C. How far          D. How much

(   ) 3. Winter begins ___ November and ____ to January.

      A. in, goes  B. at, goes on  C. on, last D. in, goes on

(   ) 4. — ____ in winter in  your hometown?

       — It's cold.

      A. How is  the weather like  B. What's the  weather

      C. What's the weather like

      D. What does the  weather look like

(   ) 5. — _____     — It's December 20th, 2001.

      A. What day is  today?   B. What date is  it today?

      C. Which day  is it today? D.  What's  the date  today?

(   ) 6. Is autumn good ____?

      A. to hike  B. for hiking C. to hiking D. with hiking

(   ) 7. I often have a  swim ___ a lake or ___ a river.

      A. on, on  B. on, in    C. in, on    D. in, in

(   ) 8. Lily knows little about the  weather  in China, ____?

      A. does Lily          B. does she

      C. doesn't Lily        D. doesn't she

(   ) 9. In which country is  the weacher ___ like ___ the 

       USA, England or  Australia?

      A. more, China's       B. more, China

      C. most, China's       D. most, China

(   ) 10. The seasons of  the year in  England and the USA

        are ____.

      A. quite  different     B. the same

      C. nearly the same    D. not the same at  all.

四、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话。13%

A:Hi, Tom, __________ are  you doing here?

T:I'm __________ for  the bus.

A:__________ are  you going?

T:I'm going to  the __________ to __________ my  uncle.

A:Oh, is he coming by  himself?

T:Yes. The plane will arrive (到达) __________ half past 

   three. It's ten __________ three now. I have __________

   twenty minutes.

A:How __________ does  the bus run?

T:Every fifteen minutes. I missed (错过) a bus just ______,

   and the  next bus isn't coming. What shall I  do now?

A:Don't __________.You may __________ a taxi. There is 

   taxi __________ there.

T:Oh, yes. Taxi! Taxi.

五、句形转换,按要求完成下列各句。17%(每空 1分)

1. Autumn lasts from August to  October. (改为同义句)

  Autumn __________ in August and __________ _________

   to October.

2. It rained hard last night. (改为同义句)

  It rained __________ last  night.

3. In much of China, spring  is  usually very short.(改为同义句)

  In _________ __________ of China, spring is  usually very short.

4. John worked hard, _________ _________ ?(完成反意疑问句)

5. The  weather isn't  cold here, __________ __________ ?

(完成反意疑问句)

6. There are  many people in  the park, __________ ________?

(完成反意疑问句)

7. It's very hot here in  summer.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ the __________ __________ here in summer?

8. Winter lasts from November to  January.(对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ does winter  last?

六、用框格中动词适当形式填空。10%

1. Can you ________ how old  Mary is this year?

2. Do you  often __________ letters  from  Kate?

3. Many of  the trees __________ yellow in autumn.

4. Most of  us enjoy __________ on the  farm.

5. She said she __________ much better then.

6. What sports  do you  like __________ in winter?

7. Miss Green __________ a Chinese  teacher last  month.

8. It __________ again yesterday.

9. Mr Black __________ a new  coat the  day before  yesterday.

10. The farmer __________ some patotoes last year.

七、把下面句子翻译成英语。15%

1. 凯特说第二年她要再读一门外语。

   __________________________________________________

2. 我们的计划与你们不一样。

   __________________________________________________

3. 到福州参观最好的时间是秋天。

  __________________________________________________

4. 这里一年到头天气都很暖和。

   __________________________________________________

5. 你们国家一年有几个季节?

   __________________________________________________

八、完形填空。10%

Liu Mei  is a very good girl. At school, she  1  very  hard. She likes  2 . She's very strong. At home, she often helps her  parents  3  some housework. Her parents like her  very much.   4 , her parents were  5 . She got  up very early. After breakfast, she did  her homework  6 . Then she  cleaned all the windows. When she   7  the  cleaning, Kate  came in. Kate helped her  do the cleaning  and Liu  Mei helped Kate   8  her Chinese. Then they played games. They had  a good time. At about 6  o'clock, Liu Mei  9   the  supper. Then she began to  wait for her  parents. When she was  10   TV, her parents came back. They were  very gald to  see  supper  was  ready (准备好了) and all the  rooms were clean.

(   )1.A. study   B. studied  C. studies   D. was  studying

(   )2.A. do sports         B. doing sports

      C. do sport          D. doing a sport

(   )3.A. do    B. does    C. doing    D. in doing

(   )4.A. On last Sunday    B. In last Sunday

      C. At last Sunday    D. Last Sunday

(   )5.A. in      B. out    C. at home   D. not away

(   )6.A. careless  B. careful C. carefully  D. very careful

(   )7.A. was doing  B. is  doing C. does D. is going to  do

(   )8.A. in       B. at     C. of       D. with

(   )9.A. made     B. did    C. cooked   D. ate

(   )10.A. watching  B. seeing  C. looking at  D. looking for

九、阅读理解,根据短文内容选择正确答案。10%

John left the  United States in  1969  to work in  Africa was hot, and when John came back to  the United States  in 1979, he said  to himself, “It's much colder  here than it  was before I  left. I'm going to  buy an electric heater (加热器). Also, everything is  much more  expensive.”

John went to  a store  the next day  to buy an  electric heater. The salesman showed him  three of four different kinds and  then said. “And this one  is the best. It  costs (价值) a lot of  money, but it saves (节省) half of your electricity, and electricity is  very expensive, isn't it?”

“Yes, it's very expensive,” John answered, “and it's becoming worse (变得更糟了) every year.” He looked at  the heater carefully, thought for  a minute and  then said, “Well, I'll take two  of these, and then save  all of  my electricity.”

(   ) 1. John left the  USA _____ to work in  Africa.

      A. in nineteen sixty - nine B. in nineteen seventy -nine.

      C. in ninety sixty - nine  D. in  one nine sixty nine

(   ) 2.  John  went to a  store the next day.“store” means ___.

      A. school    B. station   C. shop   D. park

(   ) 3. The  best  electric heater is  very ____.

      A. cheap    B. bad      C. big     D. dear

(   ) 4. John looked at  the heater carefully, ___ and then 

       said, “Well, I'll take two  of these, Please . . .”

      A. thought for  a short time  B. thought for  a long time

      C. thought about something D. thought of  something

(   ) 5. From the  story we  know ____.

       A. two electric heaters would save  John's all  the electricity

      B. two electric heaters were cheaper  than one

      C. John needed two  electric heaters

  D. John played a  joke on (对……开玩笑) the salesman.

新   编

初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 12)

A 卷

班级:_________ 座号:________ 姓名:_________

一、在下列各组单词中找出一个重音位置不同于其它三个的词。5%

(   )1.A. August    B. enjoy     C. cinema    D. country

(   )2.A. forest     B. friendship C. interesting  D. museum

(   )3.A. below     B. newspaper C. subject    D. popular

(   )4.A. useful    B. weather    C. umbrella   D. winter

(   )5.A. invent    B. everything  C. celebrate   D. accident

二、词汇。 10%

1) 根据英语释义写出对应的单词。

1. ______________ under, lower than

2. ______________ time when it  is day and  not night

3. ______________ take something or  somebody up

4. ______________ bright light from the  sun

5. ______________ the last month of  the year

2)根据句子意思用适当的词填空。

1. Tom  has  a Chinese dictionary, __________ he?

2. The __________ in England never gets too  hot or too  cold.

3. Please __________ up Mr  White.

4. It's better to __________ some reading on  Sundays.

5. Oh, it's snowing. Let's go  and __________ a snowman.

三、选择填空。10%

(   ) 1. ____ you like these drawings. 

      A. I hope B. I'm afraid  C. I'm sorry  D. Why don't

(   ) 2. ____ hot day  it is!

      A. How   B. What      C. How a    D. What a

(   ) 3. The weather here is  never  too cold, ____?

      A. isn't it   B. is it   C. does it   D. doesn't it

(   ) 4. Is it ____ easy question or____ hard  one?

      A. a, a      B. an, an   C. an, a     D. a, an

(   ) 5. Xinjiang is ____ of China.

      A. in the north         B. in the south

      C. to the west         D. in the west

(   ) 6. There ____ in the  daytime here.

      A. is a strong sunshine   B. is strong sunshine

      C. are strong sunshine    D. are strong sunshines

(   ) 7. The snow is ____ sometimes in  some places.

      A. hard      B. heavily   C. heavy    D. strong

(   ) 8. _____ bad  weather  we are  having!

      A. What     B. What a   C. How a  D. How

(   ) 9. Thank you ______.

      A. to listen  to me       B. listening to me

      C. for listening to        D. for listening

(   ) 10. A. They will come here, _____?

      A. will not they        B. don't they

      C. will they           D. won't they

四、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话。18%(每空 1分)

A:Hello. How's the __________ in your city __________ this

   time of __________ ?

B:It's cold, but __________ too cold.

A:I __________ it was warm. Your city looks so  beautiful

   in photos. __________ __________ ?

B:Yes. There  are trees, grass and  flowers __________.

A:__________ season is  the  best?

B:Spring, __________.

A:Why?

B:The weather is  never too hot __________ too cold.

A:I hear it's often foggy.

B:__________ now. But it rains __________ __________ .

   And it's quite cold in  January. It's the __________

   month of  the year.

A:I __________. If I visit your city I __________ go in  January.

B:You'd better go  in spring. __________ to our city.

A:Thank you.

五、句形转换,按要求完成下面各句。18%(每空 1分)

1. Peter rings up  Tom in the  U.S.A. (改为同义句)

  Peter __________ __________ Tom in the  U.S.A.

2. It's very warm  at noon. (改为同义句)

   It's  very warm __________ __________ __________ of the  day.

3. How fine a  day today! (改为同义句)

  __________ __________ fine day today.

4. It is  cloudy sometimes. (改为同义句)

  It is  cloudy __________ __________ .

5. Beijing will be  rainy tomorrow. (对句子划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ the weather __________ like in 

  Beijing tomorrow?

6. I know it's very dry  there, __________ __________?

(完成反意疑问句)

7. There won't be  a strong wind here, __________ __________?

(完成反意疑问句)

8. Kate hopes her  parents will take her  to visit China,

  __________ __________? (完成反意疑问句)

六、改错:下列各名句均有一处错误,请将错误处字母标号写在括号

   内,并在横线上改正。10%

(   ) 1. It's not cloudy but very suny today. _____________

       A      B     C       D

(   ) 2. Look, how beautiful pictures they are! ____________

        A    B     C             D

(   ) 3. There  will be snow at the  night. _______________

           A    B  C   D

(   ) 4. — How many  children are  playing  games  in the 

            A                    B      C

      playground?  — There  are ten.  ________________

                        D

(   ) 5. He says he  is going to  study  in Beijing the next year.

          A              B  C          D______

七、把下面句子翻译成英语。9%

1. 过后雨将停了。

   __________________________________________________

2. 天气正变得越来越暖和了。

   __________________________________________________

3.明天气温将降到零下。

   __________________________________________________

八、完形填空。10%

There  are  four seasons in  a year, and spring is   1  one.

When the  weather  2  warm, birds begin to  sing and  flowers come out. It   3  that spring has  come. The  shining sun makes  4  grow better and  the daytime  gets   5  than the  night.

A famous Chinese saying“the year's  work  depends on (取决于) a good  6 ” tells us  that spring is  the beginning of  a year. People in  this season should make their  plan for   7 .

Although (虽然) there are  no beautiful colours, no good harvest, and no  white snow in  spring, it  8   “green” to the world. Everything in  spring is full of  vitality (活力).

Spring is  so  9  that I  like it very  10 . I wish spring would stay forever (永远).

(   )1.A. a better   B. the better  C. the best  D. a best

(   )2.A. gets      B. turn      C. comes     D. has

(   )3.A. is       B. shows     C. thinks    D. talks

(   )4.A. everything B.  nothing   C. anything  D. something

(   )5.A. short     B. shorter   C. long     D. longer

(   )6.A. winter    B. spring     C. autumn  D. summer

(   )7.A. their study B. their work C. the year D. the new  term

(   )8.A. can bring  B. can take C. may bring D. may get

(   )9.A. hot       B. cold    C. beautiful   D. rainy

(   )10.A. well     B. better    C. best      D. much

九、阅读理解,根据短文内容选择正确答案。10%

Ted liked fishing a  lot and he  was good at  it. One day he  caught about two  pounds (磅) of fish and  he was very happy and  he took it  home.

Ted had  a good friend named Jack. He went to  ask jack to  have supper with him.

But when his  wife (妻子) saw the  fish, she said to  herself, “Good!  It was  July 2nd yesterday. Today is  my friend Mary's birthday (生日). I'll ask  her to lunch and  we will eat  the fish. Fish is  her favourite.”

So when Ted  and Jack came back, the fish was  never there. His said, “Oh, our neighbout's (邻居) cat  ate it.Their  cat is  worse than the  dog.” Ted  didn't believe (相信) it. Because his  neighbour's  cat was  only about three pounds. How could a  cat  about three  pounds ate  about two  pounds of  fish at one  time! He  took his  wife to the  neighbour's house, and asked the  neighbour where  their cat  was. The  neighbour said, “Oh, sorry, our dear cat  died a  month  ago.”

(   )1. Ted  liked _____ very much.

      A. fish      B. the cat    C. his wife  D. fishing

(   )2. Ted wanted to  ask ____ to supper.

      A. Mary               B. Jack

      C. his neighbour         D. his  wife and Mary

(   )3. — Who are the  fish?    —______.

      A. The  cat B. Jack C.  Mary D. His wife and  Mary

(   )4. Fish was _____ favourite food.

      A. Ted's   B. Jack's    C. Mary's   D. His wife's

(   )5. Mary's birthday was _____.

       A. on July 3rd         B. on July 2nd

       C. on July lst         D. yesterday

初二英语单元练习 (Unit 10)

一、单项选择(共 30小题,计 30分)

(A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。

(   ) 1. A. machine    B. chair     C. touch     D. watch

(   ) 2. A. year       B. yes       C. yellow    D. July

(   ) 3. A. short       B. forty      C. sport     D. worse

(   ) 4. A. cook       B. look      C. foot      D. noodle

(   ) 5. A. helped     B. asked      C. needed    D. watched

(B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。

(   ) 6. Mr Smith _____ Tokyo last Saturday.

       A. came from  B. arrived  C. reached  D. went

(   ) 7. The boy  enjoyed _____ to the music.

       A. listen       B. to listen  C. listening D. listens

(   ) 8. Don't worry, we still have ____ time.

       A. few        B. a little   C. a few   D. little

(   ) 9. “Do your exercises ____, children.” said Mum.

       A. yourself    B. you      C. yourselves D. himself

(   ) 10. I'm coming back ____ a minute.

       A. in        B. on       C. after      D. for

(   ) 11. The girl has  one apple, but she  wants _____.

       A. more some B. some more C. any more D. more any

(   ) 12. Mr Brown teach ____ English.

       A. our       B. us        C. we       D. ours

(   ) 13. — ____ do you go  shopping? —Once a  week.

       A. How often  B. How long C. How many D. How far

(   ) 14. I was  born ____ a spring morning in  April, 1966.

       A. in        B. on       C. at       D. of

(   ) 15. _____ the man  does the same thing.

       A. Every day  B. Everyday  C. everyday  D. every day

(   ) 16. His friend wasn't good at  maths ____ music.

       A. and       B. but       C. or        D. in

(   ) 17. They didn't want to  stop ____ this song.

       A. sing       B. sings      C. singing    D. to sing

(   ) 18. There ____ a band in  our school last year.

       A. wasn't     B. weren't    C. isn't      D. aren't

(   ) 19. Luo Jing is  a famous journalist ____ the CCTV.

       A. in        B. at        C. from      D. near

(   ) 20. When he  was a child, he ____ to learn English.

       A. begin     B. began     C. take      D. took

(   ) 21. Liverpool is  a _____ team in England.

       A. basketball  B. football   C. table-tennis D. chess

(   ) 22. ____ the end  of the class, we sang an  English song.

       A. In        B. On       C. At        D. After

(   ) 23. He ____ home late last night.

       A. got to    B. gets      C. got       D. getting

(   ) 24. Did you  finish ____ that book?

       A. reads     B. read      C. reading    D. to read

(   ) 25. I was  away for ____ an hour yesterday.

       A. more     B. less than  C. less      D. half of

(   ) 26. I'll be ____ next time.

       A. careful               B. more careful

       C. more carefully         D. most careful

(   ) 27. I'm quite hungry. ____ there ____ to eat?

       A. Is, some               B. Are, something

       C. Is, anything             D. Are, some

(   ) 28. Erik went from one  place to ____.

       A. other     B. others     C. the other  D. another

(   ) 29. There was  someone ____ the door.

       A. in       B. at        C. on        D. to

(   ) 30. Please  try your best ____ the problem.

       A. to work  B. to work out  C. to do  D. to do  out

二、完形填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

Jimmy is  very  1  at  maths. Mary, his sister, doesn't do well   2  it. Jimmy often helps her  with maths. One  night Jimmy and  Mary took out  their exercise-books and  began  3  their lessons. Soon Jimmy finished  4  his  homework but his  sister  5 . she couldn't work  6  the  last problem. “Let me   7  you,” said Jimmy. “No, please  8 , I'll do  it myself.” said Mary.  She thought and  thought. An hour  9 , she worked it  out. She was very tired but  very  10 .

(   ) 1. A. good      B. better    C. fine     D. well

(   ) 2. A. at        B. in       C. on      D. of

(   ) 3. A. to make   B. do       C. to do   D. to get

(   ) 4. A. do       B. to do    C. did     D. doing

(   ) 5. A. couldn't   B. don't     C. needn't  D. can't

(   ) 6. A. on       B. out       C. at      D. for

(   ) 7. A. to help    B. to speak  C. help    D. to tell

(   ) 8. A. didn't     B. couldn't   C. can't    D. don't

(   ) 9. A. after      B. later      C. behind  D. in

(   ) 10. A. sorry    B. bad      C. happy  D. angry

三、阅读理解。(共 10小题,计 15分)

(A) 阅读短文,判断正误。正确的在括号内填“T”,错误的填“F”。

Tom went to  school when he  was six years old. He liked his  first day very much. His teacher, Miss Smith, was very nice, and the  other children in  his class were nice, too. But at  the end (末尾) of the second day, when the  other children left the  classroom, Tom stayed behind.

Miss Smith had  some work to  do  and did  not see Tom  at first (起先), but then she  looked up and  saw him. “Why didn't you  go with the  others, Tom?” She asked, “did you  want to ask  me a question?”

“Yes, Miss Smith”, Tom said.

“What did  I do in  school today?” Tom said, Miss Smith laughed, “What did  you do in  school today?” she said, “Why did  you ask me  that, Tom?”

“Because my  mother is going to  ask me when I  get home.”

(   ) 1. Tom was  a student when he  was six years old.

(   ) 2. Tom's teacher was  nice, but some of  the children

       were not.

(   ) 3. Tom wanted to  ask Miss Smith a  question one day.

(   ) 4. Tom's father wanted to  know what he  did that day.

(   ) 5. Miss Smith was  a nice teacher.

(B) 阅读短文,选择最佳答案。

It was  a beautiful spring morning, and the  sun was warm but  not too hot. Mr Green saw  an old man  at the bus  stop with a  big, strong, black umbrella (伞) in his  hand.

Mr Green said to  him, “Do you  think we're going to  have rain today?”

“No,” said the old  man, “I  don't think so.”

“Then are  you carrying the  umbrella because the  sun is too  hot?”

“No, the sun  is not very hot  in spring.”

Mr Green looked at  the big umbrella again, and the  man said, “I am  an old man, and my  legs are not  very strong. I must have a  walking-stick (手杖). But people will say, ‘Look! That man  is so old,’and I  don't like that. When I  carry an umbrella in  fine weather, people only say, ‘Look at  that stupid (傻的) man.’”

(   ) 6. This story took place (发生) ____.

       A. at night              B. on a cold winter day

       C. on a spring morning   D. on a  summer afternoon

(   ) 7. What was  the weather like that day? _____

       A. It rained hard.         B. The sun was  too hot.

       C. It was  windy and there was  some clouds in  the sky.

       D. It was  sunny and the  sun was warm but  not too hot.

(   ) 8. Mr Green saw  the old man ____.

       A. in the street          B. in the park

       C. at the bus  stop        D. on the hill

(   ) 9. The old  man had ____ in his  hand.

       A. a brush              B. an umbrella

      C. an old  walk-stick       D. a big bag

(   ) 10. Which of  the following is  right? _____

       A. The old man  thought it was  going to rain.

       B. Mr Green and  the old man  were good friends.

       C. The old  man borrowed an  umbrella from Mr  Green.

       D. The old  man carried an  umbrella instead of 

        his walking-stick.

四、单词拼写。(共 10小题,计 10分)

阅读下面短文,根据首字母在横线上写出所缺单词,使短文通顺。

Yesterday was  Sunday. Mrs Smith t      1  his family to  the park in  the morning. They got  up e     2  and had  their breakfast q     3  . After that they went to  the park b       4 car. It w      5  nice when they got  there. There were m     6 people in  the park. Linda climbed the  hills in the  m       7 of the  park. Tom flew a  kite w       8  some  other children. Mr Smith and  his wife s       9  under a  tall tree and  had a rest. The Smith's family had  a good t        10 all the  morning.

五、句型转换。(共 10小题,计 10分)

1. They are  going to have some classes this week.(改为否定句)

  They _________ going to  have _________ classes this week.

2. Jim's father gets up  early every day. (改为一般疑问句)

  __________ Jim's father __________ up early every day?

3. The old  man is sitting next to  his son. (改为一般疑问句)

  __________ the old  man __________ next to his  son?

4. Write the  words on the  blackboard. (改为否定句)

  __________ __________ the words on  the blackboard.

5. There are  forty students in  our class. (对划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ students are there in  your class?

6. His brother was  at home yesterday because he  was ill.

(对划线部分提问)

  __________ ___________ his brother at  home yesterday?

7. Lucy is  taller than any  other girl in  her class.

(改写句子,使句意不变)

  Lucy is __________ __________ _________ in her class.

8. Excuse me, where's the  nearest post office, please?

(改写句子,使句意不变)

  Excuse me, how __________ __________ __________ to the

  nearest post office?

9. My brother watched TV last Sunday evening. (对划线部分提问)

  _________ __________ your brother __________ last Sunday

  evening.

10. They had  five classes yesterday. (对划线部分提问)

   _________ _________ classes __________ they __________ yesterday?

六、汉译英。(共 5小题,计 5分)

1. 在回家的路上,我遇到了我的一位老朋友。

  I __________ an old  friend of mine __________ _________

  ________ home.

2. 休息后,他继续做作业。

  __________ he had  a rest, he __________ __________

  __________ his homework.

3. 我父亲小时候喜欢音乐和足球。

  __________ my father was  young, he liked __________ and

  __________.

4. 你参观过中国的其他的地方吗?

  Did you _________ __________ _________ parts of  China?

5. 他非常粗心,以致于撞坏了脚。

  He was __________ __________ that he __________ his leg.

初二英语单元试卷 (Units 8-10)

一、单词辩音。找出不同的词。(10%)

(   )1.A. singer    B. younger   C. longer   D. English

(   )2.A. famous   B. happen    C. grape    D. potato

(   )3.A. science   B. accident   C. medicine  D. Suedish

(   )4.A. ticket    B. Cinema   C. less      D. because

(   )5.A. thousand  B. newspaper  C. useful   D. tourists

(   )6.A. helped   B. asked      C. needed   D. watched

(   )7.A. talk      B. also       C. always   D. almost

(   )8.A. year     B. yes        C. yellow    D. July

(   )9.A. understand            B. discuss

      C. usually               D. hurry

(   )10.A. tomorrow   B. grow   C. town     D. follow

二、词形变化。 (10%)

1. passed (同音词)___________ 2. teach(过去式)___________

3. nine (序数词)____________  4.forget (反义词)___________

5. use (形容词)____________   6. health (形容词)__________

7. build (名词)____________   8. marry (过去式)__________

9. popular (比较词)___________ 10. yourself(复数)__________

三、用所给的适当形式填空。(14%)

1. He has  a son ____________ Peter. (name)

2. Don't walk so ____________ in the  street. (quick)

3. My mother is ____________ in my  family. (busy)

4. They are ____________ but they can  speak Chinese

  well. (Australia)

5. These ____________ are my friend's. (watch)

6. Mary has ____________ apples than Tom. (many)

7. December is  the __________ month of the  year. (twelve)

8. The boy  is very strong. He can  do the work __________.(he)

9. He is ____________. He often makes mistakes in  his

  homework. (care)

10. Both of  his parents are ____________ (science).

11. He sings very ____________(good). He is  a famous

   ____________(sing).

12. The Chinese people are ___________ to us  all.(friendship)

13. English is  the most ___________ language in the  world.

   We must learn it  well.(use)

14. I'm interested in  these ____________ (paint).

四、用动词的适当形式填空。(15%)

1. He hopes __________ (have) a  new bike next month.

2. The students enjoy __________ (do) sport very much.

  Look! They __________ (play) football there.

3. __________ (not be) late for  class next time.

4. The other students must __________ (keep) their eyes

  __________ (close)

5. __________ (be) everyone in  the classroom that day?

6. __________ (eat) too much is  bad for our  health.

7. They __________ (work) on the farm next Sunday.

8. Stop __________ (talk)! It's time for  class, please.

9. _________ he want _________ (buy) a new coat every year?

10. Thank you  for __________ (ask) me.

11. The girls are  good at __________ (sing).

12. Let me __________ (have) a look.

13. Would you  like __________ (go) boating  with us?

14. It's time __________ (read) English. Let's begin.

15. What about __________ (give) us a  talk?

五、选择题。(20%)

(   ) 1. Which sport do  you like best? ______.

      A. Football           B. The football

      C. Footballs          D. The footballs

(   ) 2. There is ____ bread in  this box than in  that one.

      A. less    B. a little   C. a few   D. fewer

(   ) 3. There is  going to ___ a  basketball game next Saturday.

      A. has       B. is     C. be      D. have

(   ) 4. Wei Hua ____ lunch in  the school.

      A. doesn't often have   B. hasn't 

      C. don't have         D. often don't

(   ) 5. Would you  like to have a  cup of tea? ______.

      A. I don't know       B. Some milk, please

      C. No, thanks          D. I'd like a  cup of milk

(   ) 6. __ the morning of  Mid - autunm Day we  stay at home.

      A. In       B. On     C. At      D. From

(   ) 7. There is _____ “h”, ____“u” and ____ “r” in

       the word “hour”.

      A. a, a, a,  B. an, an, an  C. an, a, an  D. the, a, an

(   ) 8. There are  three ____ students in their school.

      A. hundred             B. hundreds

      C. hundreds of          D. a hundred

(   ) 9. Which house do  you _______?

      A. live in    B. live    C. live on    D. live at

(   ) 10. A:Happy New Year!  B: _____.

      A. Thank you all  the same  B. That's all  right

      C. the same to  you        D. All right

(   ) 11. A:Please pass a  knife to me. B:_____.

      A. Give you           B. Here you are

      C. That's right         D. That's all right

(   ) 12. My mother ____ a rest after work.

      A. hasn't               B. doesn't have

      C. doesn't has          D. haven't

(   ) 13. ____ are going to  the farm  next  month.

      A. Read  B. The Reads   C. Read's   D. Te Read's

(   ) 14. There are  some new words on  the blackboard.

       Please _____.

      A. write it down        B. write them down

      C. write down it        D. write down them

(   ) 15. I _____ the teacher, but I _____ nothing.

      A. heard to, listened      B. listened to, heard

      C. heard, listened        D. heard, listened

(   ) 16. Which is  the _____ river in China?

      A. two longest          B. second long

      C. second longest        D. first longer

(   ) 17. “February 21st, 1998”, you must read it ____.

      A. February  twenty-first, nineteen ninety-eight.

      B. February the twenty-first, nineteen ninety- eight

      C. February the twenty first, nineteen nineth eight

      D. February the twenty first, nineteen-ninety-eighth

(   ) 18. Do  you  enjoy _____ in China?

      A. live    B. to live    C. lived     D. living

(   ) 19. His spoken English is  just ____.

      A. good    B. poor     C. so-so    D. beautifully

(   ) 20. Mrs Mott ____ a memory robot to  help her 

        husband to remember things.

      A. invent   B. invented   C. to invent  D. inventing

六、句型转换。(8%)

1. I think he  is going to  play with us  this Sunday.

(改为否定句)

  I __________ think he __________ going to  play with us

   this Sunday.

2. They did  morning exercises this morning. (改为一般疑问句)

  ________ they ________ morning exercises this morning?

3. Wei Hua  had a busy day  last Saturday.(改为感叹句)

  _________ _________ busy day  Wei Hua had  last Saturday.

4. It was  February 19th the  day before yesterday.

(对划线部分提问)

  What __________ __________ __________ the day before

   yesterday?

5. My brother works very hard.(对划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ your brother __________?

6. She is  the tallest in her  class.(同义替换划线部分)

  She is _________ _________ _________ student in  her class.

7. Which month do you  like best?(同义替换划线部分)

  Which month is  your __________?

七、完成对话。(6%)

(A wants to  go to the  park)

A:__________ me! __________ is the park, please?

B:Oh! __________ this  street, _____________ right at the

   _________ crossing. Go on  to the end  of the street, you'll see  the park __________ your left hand side.

A:Thank you very much.

B:You're welcome.

八、完形填空。(12%)

One morning Lenin was  going to his  office.   1   the gate a  guard stopped him.“Your pass, please.”“Oh, yes, my pass,” said Lenin. “It's in  one of my  pockets.” He began   2   for  it in his  pockets. Just then a  young man came   3  . This young man  4   Lenin. He  5   to  the  guard, “Let him  in.”“No, I  6   him  in if he  has no pass. What's more, I   7   to  see your pass, too.” The young man   8  angry. “This is  Comrade Lenin. Let him  in, I tell you!” He   9   at  the guard. “Don't shout at  him.” Lenin told the  young man.“He's right. We  10  obey  the rules!” Lenin  11  his  pass and showed it  to the guard. The guard looked at  it  12 . Yes, it was  Lenin himself.

(   )1.A. On      B. At       C. In       D. To

(   )2.A. look     B. looking    C. to look   D. looked

(   )3.A. up       B. in       C. on       D. over

(   )4.A. thought   B. heard    C. learned   D. knew

(   )5.A. spoke    B. said      C. told      D. talk

(   )6.A. don't let  B. didn't let  C. won't let  D. can't let

(   )7.A. want    B. let       C. ask      D. tell

(   )8.A. become  B. became  C. has become  D. was coming

(   )9.A. called   B. laughed   C. smilled    D. shouted

(   )10.A. can    B. may      C. must      D. have to

(   ) 11. A. saw   B. found   C. looked for  D. looked at

(   )12. A. clearly B. quietly  C. luckily    D. carefully

(pocket 口袋, shout 喊叫, angry 生气, become 变成, rulers 制度,

 if 假如, guard 卫兵, pass 通行证, what's  more 而且, obey遵守)

九、阅读理解,判断正误。(5%)

Long long ago, a man  stole (偷)  one of John's horses. John went with a  police officer to  the man's house. He wanted to  get the horse back, but the  man didn't give the  horse up. He said that it  was his horse. John put  both of his  hands over the  eyes of the  horse and said to  the man. “If this is  your horse, you must tell us  in  which eye he  is blind.”“In the  right eye!” the man said. John took his  hands from the  right eye of  the horse and  showed the police officer that the  horse was not  blind in the  right eye.“Oh, I made a  mistake,” said  the  man.“ He is  blind in the  left eye.” John showed that the  horse was not  blind in the  left eye. Then the  police officer said, “You must give the  horse back to  John.”

( stole 偷, both 两个都, blind 瞎, lost 丢, own 自己的)

(   )1. John lost one  of his horses.

(   )2. The man  didn't give the  horse up because the 

      horse was his  own horse.

(   )3. At first the  man said the  horse was blind in  the left eye.

(   )4. The horse was  blind in both eyes.

(   )5. At last the  man gave the  horse to John.

初二英语单元练习 (Unit 10)

一、单项选择(共 30小题,计 30分)

(A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。

(   ) 1. A. machine    B. chair     C. touch     D. watch

(   ) 2. A. year       B. yes       C. yellow    D. July

(   ) 3. A. short       B. forty      C. sport     D. worse

(   ) 4. A. cook       B. look      C. foot      D. noodle

(   ) 5. A. helped     B. asked      C. needed    D. watched

(B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。

(   ) 6. Mr Smith _____ Tokyo last Saturday.

       A. came from  B. arrived  C. reached  D. went

(   ) 7. The boy  enjoyed _____ to the music.

       A. listen      B. to listen  C. listening D. listens

(   ) 8. Don't worry, we still have ____ time.

       A. few        B. a little   C. a few   D. little

(   ) 9. “Do your exercises ____, children.” said Mum.

       A. yourself    B. you      C. yourselves D. himself

(   ) 10. I'm coming back ____ a minute.

       A. in        B. on       C. after      D. for

(   ) 11. The girl has  one apple, but she  wants _____.

       A. more some B. some more C. any more D. more any

(   ) 12. Mr Brown teach ____ English.

       A. our       B. us        C. we       D. ours

(   ) 13. — ____ do you go  shopping? —Once a  week.

      A. How often  B. How  long  C. How many D. How far

(   ) 14. I was  born ____ a spring morning in  April, 1966.

       A. in        B. on       C. at       D. of

(   ) 15. _____ the man  does the same thing.

      A. Every day  B. Everyday  C. everyday  D. every day

(   ) 16. His friend wasn't good at  maths ____ music.

       A. and       B. but       C. or        D. in

(   ) 17. They didn't want to  stop ____ this song.

       A. sing       B. sings      C. singing    D. to sing

(   ) 18. There ____ a band in  our school last year.

       A. wasn't     B. weren't    C. isn't      D. aren't

(   ) 19. Luo Jing is  a famous journalist ____ the CCTV.

       A. in        B. at        C. from      D. near

(   ) 20. When he  was a child, he ____ to learn English.

       A. begin     B. began     C. take      D. took

(   ) 21. Liverpool is  a _____ team in England.

       A. basketball  B. football   C. table-tennis D. chess

(   ) 22. ____ the end  of the class, we sang an  English song.

       A. In        B. On       C. At        D. After

(   ) 23. He ____ home late last night.

       A. got to    B. gets      C. got       D. getting

(   ) 24. Did you  finish ____ that book?

       A. reads     B. read      C. reading    D. to read

(   ) 25. I was  away for ____ an hour yesterday.

       A. more     B. less than  C. less       D. half of

(   ) 26. I'll be ____ next time.

       A. careful               B. more careful

       C. more carefully         D. most careful

(   ) 27. I'm quite hungry. ____ there ____ to eat?

       A. Is, some               B. Are, something

       C. Is, anything             D. Are, some

(   ) 28. Erik went from one  place to ____.

       A. other     B. others     C. the other  D. another

(   ) 29. There was  someone ____ the door.

       A. in       B. at        C. on        D. to

(   ) 30. Please  try your best ____ the problem.

      A. to work  B. to work out  C. to do   D. to do  out

二、完形填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

Jimmy is  very  1  at  maths. Mary, his sister, doesn't do well   2  it. Jimmy often helps her  with maths. One  night Jimmy and  Mary took out  their exercise-books and  began  3  their lessons. Soon Jimmy finished  4  his  homework but his  sister  5 . she couldn't work  6  the  last problem. “Let me   7  you,” said Jimmy. “No, please  8 , I'll do  it myself.” said Mary.  She thought and  thought. An hour  9 , she worked it  out. She was very tired but  very  10 .

(   ) 1. A. good      B. better    C. fine     D. well

(   ) 2. A. at        B. in       C. on      D. of

(   ) 3. A. to make   B. do       C. to do   D. to get

(   ) 4. A. do       B. to do    C. did     D. doing

(   ) 5. A. couldn't   B. don't     C. needn't  D. can't

(   ) 6. A. on       B. out       C. at      D. for

(   ) 7. A. to help   B. to speak  C. help    D. to tell

(   ) 8. A. didn't     B. couldn't   C. can't    D. don't

(   ) 9. A. after      B. later      C. behind  D. in

(   ) 10. A. sorry    B. bad      C. happy  D. angry

三、阅读理解。(共 10小题,计 15分)

(A) 阅读短文,判断正误。正确的在括号内填“T”,错误的填“F”。

Tom went to  school when he  was six years old. He liked his  first day very much. His teacher, Miss Smith, was very nice, and the  other children in  his class were nice, too. But at  the end (末尾) of the second day, when the  other children left the  classroom, Tom stayed behind.

Miss Smith had  some work to  do  and did  not see Tom  at first (起先), but then she  looked up and  saw him. “Why didn't you  go with the  others, Tom?” She asked, “did you  want to ask  me a question?”

“Yes, Miss Smith”, Tom said.

“What did  I do in  school today?” Tom said, Miss Smith laughed, “What did  you do in  school today?” she said, “Why did  you ask me  that, Tom?”

“Because my  mother is going to  ask me when I  get home.”

(   ) 1. Tom was  a student when he  was six years old.

(   ) 2. Tom's teacher was  nice, but some of  the children

       were not.

(   ) 3. Tom wanted to  ask Miss Smith a  question one day.

(   ) 4. Tom's father wanted to  know what he  did that day.

(   ) 5. Miss Smith was  a nice teacher.

(B) 阅读短文,选择最佳答案。

It was  a beautiful spring morning, and the  sun  was warm but  not too hot. Mr Green saw  an old man  at the bus  stop with a  big, strong, black umbrella (伞) in his  hand.

Mr Green said to  him, “Do you  think we're going to  have rain today?”

“No,” said the old  man, “I don't think so.”

“Then are  you carrying the  umbrella because the  sun is too  hot?”

“No, the sun  is not very hot  in spring.”

Mr Green looked at  the big umbrella again, and the  man said, “I am an  old man, and my  legs are not  very strong. I must have a  walking-stick (手杖). But people will say, ‘Look! That man  is so old,’and I  don't like that. When I  carry an umbrella in  fine weather, people only say, ‘Look at  that stupid (傻的) man.’”

(   ) 6. This story took place (发生) ____.

       A. at night             B. on a cold winter day

       C. on a spring morning   D. on a  summer afternoon

(   ) 7. What was  the weather like that day? _____

       A. It rained hard.         B. The sun was  too hot.

       C. It was  windy and there was  some clouds in  the sky.

       D. It was  sunny and the  sun was warm but  not too hot.

(   ) 8. Mr Green saw  the old man ____.

       A. in the street          B. in the park

       C. at the bus  stop        D. on the hill

(   ) 9. The old  man had ____ in his  hand.

       A. a brush              B. an umbrella

       C. an old walk-stick       D. a big bag

(   ) 10. Which of  the following is  right? _____

       A. The old man  thought it was  going to rain.

       B. Mr Green and  the old man  were good friends.

       C. The old  man borrowed an  umbrella from Mr  Green.

       D. The old  man carried an  umbrella instead of 

        his walking-stick.

四、单词拼写。(共 10小题,计 10分)

阅读下面短文,根据首字母在横线上写出所缺单词,使短文通顺。

Yesterday was  Sunday. Mrs Smith t      1  his family to  the park in  the morning. They got  up e     2  and had  their breakfast q     3  . After that they went to  the park b       4 car. It w      5  nice when they got  there. There were m     6 people in  the park. Linda climbed the  hills in the  m       7 of the  park. Tom flew a  kite w       8  some  other children. Mr Smith and  his wife s       9  under a  tall tree and  had a rest. The Smith's family had  a good t        10 all the  morning.

五、句型转换。(共 10小题,计 10分)

1. They are  going to have some classes this week.(改为否定句)

  They _________ going to  have _________ classes this week.

2. Jim's father gets up  early every day. (改为一般疑问句)

  __________ Jim's father __________ up early every day?

3. The old  man is sitting next to  his son. (改为一般疑问句)

  __________ the old  man __________ next to his  son?

4. Write the  words on the  blackboard. (改为否定句)

  __________ __________ the words on  the blackboard.

5. There are  forty students in  our class. (对划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ students are there in  your class?

6. His brother was  at home yesterday because he  was ill.

(对划线部分提问)

  __________ ___________ his brother at  home yesterday?

7. Lucy is  taller than any  other girl in  her class.

(改写句子,使句意不变)

  Lucy is __________ __________ _________ in her class.

8. Excuse me, where's the  nearest post office, please?

(改写句子,使句意不变)

  Excuse me, how __________ __________ __________ to the

  nearest post office?

9. My brother watched TV last Sunday evening. (对划线部分提问)

  __________ _________ your brother __________ last Sunday

  evening.

10. They had  five classes yesterday. (对划线部分提问)

   __________ _________ classes _________ they __________ yesterday?

六、汉译英。(共 5小题,计 5分)

1. 在回家的路上,我遇到了我的一位老朋友。

  I __________ an old  friend of mine __________ _________

  ________ home.

2. 休息后,他继续做作业。

  __________ he had  a rest, he __________ __________

  __________ his homework.

3. 我父亲小时候喜欢音乐和足球。

  __________ my father was  young, he liked __________ and

  __________.

4. 你参观过中国的其他的地方吗?

  Did you _________ __________ _________ parts of  China?

5. 他非常粗心,以致于撞坏了脚。

  He was __________ __________ that he __________ his leg.

初二英语单元练习 (Unit 11)

一、 从每小题中找出划线部分读音不同的词。(共 5小题,计 5分)

(   ) 1. A. mean     B. meat     C. meal       D. really

(   ) 2. A. cool      B. foot     C. wood       D. noon

(   ) 3. A. spring    B. ring     C. dangerous   D. wrong

(   ) 4. A. snow      B. slow    C. window     D. down

(   ) 5. A. answered  B. talked   C. lived       D. stayed

二、单项选择。(共 20小题,计 20分)

(   ) 1. Thank you _____ your help.

       A. on      B. for       C. of       D. with

(   ) 2. Spring is _____ season of  the year.

       A. good    B. the better  C. the best  D. the well

(   ) 3. We can  go ____ in summer.

       A. swim    B. swiming   C. to swim   D. swimming

(   ) 4. Do you  like _____ in winter?

       A. skate    B. skateing   C. skating    D. to skating

(   ) 5. Sam is  getting ready ____ the next lesson.

       A. to      B. of       C. on       D. for

(   ) 6. Some people don't like winter, but I ____ like it.

       A. quick    B. quite      C. quiet     D. quietly

(   ) 7. You need ____ warm clothes now. It's cold.

       A. wear    B. put on    C. to wear  D. to put  on

(   ) 8. The weather here is  better than ____.

       A. Beijing  B. in Beijing  C. of Beijing D. Beijing's

(   ) 9. I enjoy ____ music.

      A. listen    B. listen to   C. listening   D. listening to

(   ) 10. Which season do  you like ___, spring, autumn or  summer?

       A. good     B. well      C. better     D. best

(   ) 11. — Isn't it too  hot here in  summer? —_____.

       A. Yes, it is.           B. No, it is 

       C. Not at all           D. No, it doesn't

(   ) 12. It was  very hot, ____?

       A. doesn't it  B. wasn't it  C. was it   D. does it

(   ) 13. They went fishing, ____?

       A. did they   B. do they  C. didn't they D. don't they

(   ) 14. He doesn't want to  go there, ____?

       A. does he   B. do he    C. doesn't he  D. don't he

(   ) 15. There are  a lot of  apples ____ the tree.

       A. on       B. in       C. at         D. for

(   ) 16. Her skirt is  different from _____.

       A. my       B. mine      C. I         D. me

(   ) 17. I wasn't in  when you ____.

       A. call me   B. rang me   C. calling I   D. ring I

(   ) 18. The twins were ill  in bed, _____.

       A. aren't they B. weren't they C. were they D. are they

(   ) 19. They came to  the town ____ a bad  time of year.

       A. in        B. on        C. from      D. at

(   ) 20. What ____ delicious food we  have today!

       A. an        B. the       C. a         D. /

三、完形填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

In Shenzhen there are  four seasons.

Spring is  the  1  season of   2  year. It comes  3  February. It begins to  be  4 . Trees are  green again. Flowers come  5 . Farmers go  to work in  the field.

Summer is  hot with  6  days  and short nights. It often rains. There are  a lot of  people swimming in  the sea.

Autumn begins in  August. It's not too  hot  7  too  cold. We can enjoy  8  . It's the   9  season for  picnic(野餐).

When winter comes, it is  cold. Plants stop growing. Birds fly  to the south. But it   10  snows here in  Shenzhen.

(   ) 1. A. first     B. second    C. third     D. fourth

(   ) 2. A. /        B. a        C. an       D. the

(   ) 3. A. in       B. on        C. at       D. to

(   ) 4. A. hot      B. cold       C. warm    D. cool

(   ) 5. A. life      B. lives      C. to life   D. liveing

(   ) 6. A. short    B. shorter    C. long     D. longer

(   ) 7. A. and      B. or        C. but      D. nor

(   ) 8. A. sun      B. the sun   C. sunshine  D. a sunshine

(   ) 9. A. good    B. well      C. better    D. best

(   ) 10. A. often   B. never     C. usually    D. sometimes

四、阅读理解。(共 10小题,计 15分)

(A) 根据短文内容,判断正误。正确的在括号内填“T”,错误的填“F”。

Mike was  from the USA. When he  got to China, it was  winter. the weather was  very cold, he had  to put on  warmer clothes. Walking in  the street, he found the  leaves on the  trees were away, and the  north - east wind was  blowing strongly, the snows like piece of  small flowers fell down from the  sky, the ground (地面) was covered (覆盖) with white clothes. The people were coming and  going busily. At this time, many schools were over, children went to  the lakes or  rivers to skate. They enjoyed it  and had a  good time.

(   ) 1. Mike is  an American.

(   ) 2. It was  very cold. So he  must put on  warmer clothes.

(   ) 3. When he  reached China, there was  nothing on the  trees.

(   ) 4. At the time the  land looked like a  white man.

(   ) 5. Children loved the  winter.

(B) 阅读短文,选择最佳答案。

Robert  is nine years old  and Joanna is  seven. They live at  Mount Ebenezer. Their father has  a big property (财产). In Australia they call a  farm a property. (财产)

Robert  and Joanna like school very much. At school they can  talk to their friends, but Robert and  Joanna can not  see their friends. They live 100  or 300 miles away and  they go to  school by radio.

Mount  Ebenezer is in  the center (中心) of Australia. Not many people live in “The Center”. There are no  schools with desks and  blackboards and no  teachers in “ The Center”. School is a  room at home with a  two - way radio. The teacher aslo has  a two - way radio. Every morning he  calls each student on  the radio. When all  the students answer, lessons begin... .Think of  your teacher 300  miles away!

(   ) 6. The children in “The Center” do not go  to school 

       because ____.

       A. they live too  far away from one  another

       B. they do not  like school

       C. their families are  too poor

       D. they are not  old enough to  go to school

(   ) 7. To send their children to  school, parents in “The 

       Center” of Australia must have ____.

       A. a property            B. a car

       C. a school room at  home D. a special radio

(   ) 8. Teachers in  “The Center” of Australia teach ___.

       A. not in  the classroom but  at the homes of  the students

       B. by speaking only and  not showing anything

       C. without using any  textbooks or pictures

       D. without knowing whether the  students are attending

(   ) 9. When children are  haveing a lesson, they can  hear

       their teacher ____.

       A. but their teacher can  not hear them

       B. and their teacher can  hear them too

       C. and can see  their teacher, too

       D. and see  him or her  at the same time

(   ) 10. Property in  Australia is a ____.

       A. house      B. school      C. farm     D. radio

五、用所给动词的正确形式填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

1. We __________ (see) a film next week.

2. Who __________ (play) football over there?

3. Where __________ you __________ (go) last month?

4. Don't __________ (write) on the wall.

5. Everything __________ (begin) to grow in  spring.

6. She took off  her coat and _________ (sit) down  in the chair.

7. It's __________ (good) to wear warm cloths.

8. It often rains __________ (heavy) in summer.

9. You need __________ (clean) your coat.

10. Autumn in  China __________ (last) from August to  October.

六、改写句子,并保持句意不变。(共 10小题,计 10分)

1. Why don't you  take off your sweater?

  Why __________ __________ __________ your sweater?

2. What's the  weather like in  Australia?

  __________ __________ __________ _________ in Australia?

3. Where are  you from?

  Where __________ you __________ __________?

4. The small village is  near Sydney.

  The small village is  not __________ __________ Sydney.

5. Last year we  helped them with the  orange - picking.

  Last year we  helped them __________ __________ orange.

6. I often go  swimming.

  I often go __________ __________.

7. These two  desks are not  the same.

  This desk __________ _________ __________ that ________.

8. You'd better not  take off your coat.

  You __________ __________ put on your coat.

9. Winter is  the coldest season in  a year.

  Winter is __________ than __________ __________ season in

   a year.

10. Can you  tell me how I can  mend the radio?

   Can you  tell me __________ __________ mend the radio?

七、汉译英。(共5 小题,计 10分)

1. 农民们正在为来年作准备。

   The  farmers are _________ ready __________ the __________ year.

2. 英语与中文不同。

  English is __________ __________ Chinese.

3. 冬天很冷,最好穿上暖和的衣服。

  Winter is  cold. It's __________ to  wear warm __________.

4. 你们打算下个春天去法国,是吗?

  You are  going to France next spring, _________ ________?

5. 英国现在的天气怎么样?

  __________ is the  weather __________ in  England now?

初二英语单元练习 (Unit 12)

一、单项选择(共 30小题,计 30分)

(A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。

(   ) 1. A. cloudy    B. now     C. town     D. blow

(   ) 2. A. rainy     B. nearly   C. strongly   D. yellow

(   ) 3. A. needed   B. watched  C. helped   D. finished

(   ) 4. A. country   B. unlike    C. sunshine  D. beautiful

(   ) 5. A. lie       B. bright    C. shine     D. beautiful

(B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案。

(   ) 6. In ____ of China, spring is  very short.

       A. many     B. much    C. a lot    D. lot

(   ) 7. Which country has  weather the ____ like China's?

       A. more    B. most      C. good    D. better

(   ) 8. Bruce rings me  up ____ the telephone.

       A. in       B. at        C. to       D. on

(   ) 9. Look at  the rain. It's raining ____ now.

       A. heavy    B. heavily    C. big      D. bigger

(   ) 10. He likes ______ sport.

       A. do many B. do much C. doing many D. doing much

(   ) 11. What beautiful sunshine ____!

       A. is it     B. it is    C. they are    D. are they

(   ) 12. There's _____ snow today.

       A. a lot    B. a few   C. heavily     D. lots of

(   ) 13. _____ it is  this week!

      A. What cold B. How cold C. What D. How a  cold day

(   ) 14. What a ____ wind! It's blowing _____.

       A. strong, strongly      B. strongly, strong

       C. heavy, heavily       D. big, small

(   ) 15. ___ the weather in  Beijing, it's usually hot  in Guangzhou.

       A. Like     B. Unlike  C. Dislike   D. Don't like

(   ) 16. After I  did my homework, I go  on ___ some books.

       A. read     B. reading  C. to read  D. to reading

(   ) 17. We have _____ beautiful sunshine.

       A. a       B. an       C. the      D. /

(   ) 18. I love autumn _____ it's nice and  cool.

       A. but      B. and      C. because  D. for

(   ) 19. Tomorrow is  going to get _____ than today.

       A. warm    B. warmest   C. warmer   D. the warmest

(   ) 20. It's blowing and  raining very _____.

       A. heavy    B. heavier   C. heavily   D. heaviler

(   ) 21. After ____ it gets warmer and  warmer in China.

       A. winter    B. spring     C. autumn    D. summer

(   ) 22. When the  sun is shining, it's _____.

       A. sun      B. rain      C. sunny     D. cloudy

(   ) 23. What are  you  going to  be _____?

       A. at the back of  B. behind   C. later on  D. ago

(   ) 24. He is ____ to go  to school.

       A. enough old          B. old enough

       C. older enough         D. enough older

(   ) 25. There is  telephone call ____ you, Li Le.

       A. to       B. of       C. with      D. for

二、阅读理解。(计 15分)

(A) 阅读短文,选择最佳答案。

The children next door often play football in  the garden and  sometimes break my  windows. Last Sunday afternoon, I stayed at  home and read a  book. After a while, I closed my  eyes and went to  sleep. Suddenly a noise woke me  up. A little boy  came to the  door, “Have you  broken a window again?” I asked, “Oh, no,” answered the boy, “Your window was  open this time and  our ball has  gone into your bedroom. May we  get it, please?”

(   ) 1. ____ often play football and  sometimes break my  windows.

       A. My children        B. My neighbours' children

       C. Some children

(   ) 2. ____ I stayed at  home and read a  book.

       A. Last Monday        B. Last Sunday morning 

       C. Last Sunday afternoon

(   ) 3. Suddenly a  noise woke me  up.____.

       A. A football hit  the door

       B. A little boy  came to the  door

       C. A man came to  the door

(   ) 4. The boy ____ a window this time.

       A. broke       B. didn't break    C. opened

(   ) 5. The ball went _____.

       A. into the boy's room    B. out of the  bedroom

       C. into the writer's bedroom

(B) 补全对话,每空填一词。

Alice:Hello, .

Mary:Oh, hello.  1  I   2  to  Alice, please?

Alice: 3 !

Mary:Oh, hi, Alice. Why  4  you away from school yesterday?

Alice:I  5  a  little ill.

Mary:I'm  6  to  hear that. Are  you  7  now?

Alice: 8  better, thank you. What  9  the  maths teacher say

      about the homework?

Mary:He asked us   10  do Exercise 4  and 5. But don't

      worry. I can help you.

Alice:Thanks a lot.

三、完形填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案,完成短文。

Mrs Jones' telephone number was  3463, and the number of    1  in  her town was  3464. So people often make mistakes and  telephoned  2  when  they wanted the  cinema.

One evening the  telephone rang and  Mrs. Jones  3 . A tired man  said, “At what time does your last film  4 ?”

“I'm  5 , ”said Mrs. Jones, “but you  have the  6 . This is  not the cinema.”

“Oh, it began twenty minutes ago,” said  the man, “I'm sorry about that. Goodbye.”

Mrs. Jones was very surprised (惊奇), so she told her  husband (丈夫). He laughed and  said, “The  man's wife wanted to go  to the cinema, but he  was feeling  7 , so he  telephoned the cinema. His wife heard him,  8  she  didn't hear you. Now they  9  this  evening and  10  will  be happy!”

根据短文内容选择正确的填空。

(   ) 1. A. the theatre B. the cinema  C. hospital D. the office

(   ) 2. A. him       B. her        C. them    D. us

(   ) 3. A. said it    B. said    C. answered it D. answers it

(   ) 4. A. finish      B. see        C. go on   D. start

(   ) 5. A. sorry    B. afraid      C. glad    D. happy

(   ) 6. A. right number          B. good number

       C. wrong number         D. wrong telephone

(   ) 7. A. thirsty   B. hungry   C. sleepy  D. tired

(   ) 8. A. but      B. and       C. or      D. so

(   ) 9. A. will stay at  cinema     B. will stay at  home

       C. will stay at  Mr. John's house

       D. will stay at  the theatre 

(   ) 10. A. the wife B. Mrs. Jones C. the husband D. Mr jones

四、句形转换。(共 10小题,计 20分)

1. All of  us are studying now. (变否定句)

  __________ of us __________ studying now.

2. Winter is  the coldest of  the four seasons in  a year.

(就划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ is the coldest of  the four seasons?

3. What a  strong wind. (同义句)

  __________ __________ the wind is?

4. There was  a lot of  snow last night.(同上)

  It __________ __________ last night.

5. He never skates in  summer. (改肯定句)

  He __________ skates in  summer.

6. The sun  is very bright. (变为感叹句)

  __________ bright __________ __________ is!

7. The snow is  quite light. (变反意疑问句)

  The snow is  quite light, __________ __________?

8. It's March 29th today. (对划线部分提问)

  What's __________ __________ today?

9. It was  cloudy and cold yesterday. (同上)

  What was  the __________ __________ yesterday?

10. It was  very rainy yesterday evening. (同义句)

   There _________ _________ ________ rain yesterday evening.

五、用所给词的适当形式填空。(计 5分)

1. Different __________ (country) have different weather.

2. Which is  the __________ (hot) month  in China?

3. In winter we  need __________ (wear) warm  clothes.

4. Please walk __________ (careful) on the  thin ice.

5. __________ (do) you have _________ (beautifully) shunshine?

六、汉译英。(共 5小题,计 5分)

1. 武汉的秋天从八月开始,持续到十月。

  The autumn in  Wuhan _________ in August, and _________

   on to  October.

2. 在冬天,人们需要穿许多暖和的衣服。

  In winter, people need to  wear __________ of warm __________ .

3. 多晴朗的天啊!

  __________ a __________ day __________ __________!

4. 不像中国,澳大利亚二月份的天气很热。

  __________ __________, the weather in  February is very 

  hot in  Australia.

5. 不要在薄冰上滑冰,很危险。

   Don't skate __________ the __________ ice. It's __________

初二英语单元练习 (Unit 13)

一、找出划线部分读音与所给词划线部分读音相同的词。(共 5小题, 计 5分)

(   ) 1.bird   A. autumn   B. Robert   C. birthday   D. warm

(   ) 2. photo A. bright    B. laugh    C. ring      D. have

(   ) 3.season A.  rest      B. present   C. snow   D. message

(   ) 4. ready  A. beautiful  B. feather   C. season   D. cleaner

(   ) 5. madam A. rain      B. happy   C. half    D. because

二、单项选择。(共 20小题,计 20分)

(   ) 1. I'm afraid I  am going to ___ at home that day.

       A. is       B. am      C. be        D. was

(   ) 2. I'll give the  message ____ her when I  meet her.

       A. for      B. to       C. with      D. in

(   ) 3. Thanks a  lot for ____ the present.

       A. gives    B. gave     C. giving    D. gived

(   ) 4. Oh, hello, Ann, ____ is Jim Green.

       A. I        B. this      C. these      D. that

(   ) 5. Hello, there was  a telephone call ____ you.

       A. to       B. by       C. for       D. of

(   ) 6. There was ____ to listen to  it.

       A. manytimes B. anytime C. time  enough D. enough time

(   ) 7. The party is  going to start at  five thirty, ____?

       A. is it     B. isn't it    C. are it    D. aren't they

(   ) 8. She often ____ me ____ my English.

       A. helps, do  B. helps, study C. helps, with D. help, with

(   ) 9. What ____ old story - book it  is!

       A. a        B. an        C. the      D. ×

(   ) 10. How ____ he writes!

       A. care      B. good      C. well      D. careful

(   ) 11. I'm sure she'd love ____.

       A. comes    B. to come  C. coming   D. came

(   ) 12. I'm sorry I ____ give her  the message.

       A. can      B. may      C. may not  D. can't

(   ) 13. Your sister was  in the shop. And ____ you mother.

       A. so was   B. was so    C. so is    D. is so

(   ) 14. There was _____ food on  the table.

       A. many    B. a few    C. few      D. little

(   ) 15. There was  no food ____.

       A. eat      B. eating     C. to eat    D. eats

(   ) 16. The meeting is  going to ____ at two  o'clock.

       A. open     B. begin     C. start      D. be

(   ) 17. — Didn't you finish you  school work? — ____.

       A. No, I didn't  B. Yes, I didn't C. No, I did  D. Same

(   ) 18. I ____ enjoyed a ____ English meal.

       A. real, really B. really, real C. real, real D. really, really

(   ) 19. Did you ____ a good time at  the party yesterday?

       A. have      B. has       C. had     D. to have

(   ) 20. Don't forget ____ him about it.

       A. tell       B. tells       C. to tell   D. telling

三、完形填空。(共 20小题,计 20分)

A

Two tramps (流浪汉) were   1   along a  quiet road. A sorry - looking dog  was following them.

“We have had  a bad day, Joe,” the first tramp said. “We haven't any  money and we  can get  2  to  eat.” “We will find something,” the second tramp answered cheerfully (高声地).

Suddenly the  tramps saw a  car in the  distance (在远处). It was  coming  3  them  very quickly. Both tramps moved to  one side, but the  dog stayed  4  the  middle of the  road.

The driver tried to   5  the  car, but it was  too late, the car  hit the dog  and killed it. The driver got  out  6  the  car and went to  the first tramp.

“Poor little dog,” the tramp said sadly. “I'm terribly sorry.” the driver said.“I tried to  avoid (躲避) your dog  but I couldn't.” He took out  his wallet (钱包) and gave five pounds to  the tramp.“ Will that  7  all  right?” the driver asked.

“Yes, sir, thank you.” the tramp said. The driver get   8  his  car and drove away.

“Poor little dog,” the first tramp said and   9  the  money into his  pocket.

 10   dog  was it?” the second tramp asked.

(   ) 1. A. walk     B. walking    C. walked     D. walks

(   ) 2. A. nothing   B. something  C. anything   D. everything

(   ) 3. A. into      B. on        C. to        D. up

(   ) 4. A. in       B. at         C. by        D. of

(   ) 5. A. drive     B. stop       C. call       D. move

(   ) 6. A. from     B. into       C. off       D. of

(   ) 7. A. be       B. is        C. was       D. to

(   ) 8. A. on       B. into       C. off        D. of

(   ) 9. A. took      B. put       C. catch      D. throw

(   ) 10. A. Who's   B. Which     C. Whose     D. What

B

Isaac Newton was    1   great English scientist (科学家),  2  when  he was thinking hard about his  work, he often forgot   3   things.

One morning Newton got  up early. He began  4  at  once. He worked on  a very difficult problem (问题). He was still thinking it  hard when it  was time  5  breakfast. Mary brought a  pan (平底锅) of water and  an egg to  his room. But Newton wanted to  stay by  6  and  said to Mary, “You can  put the egg  on the table. I'll boil (煮) it myself.”Mary put  the egg beside Newton's watch on  the table and  said, “You  must boil the  egg  7  four  minutes and then it  will he ready.” Then she went out  of the room.

But when she  went into the  room again an  hour  8 , she saw  him  9  by  the pan, and having the  egg in his  hand. He had put  the watch in  the pan and  was boiling it! But he  did not know   10  he  was doing.

(   ) 1. A. a       B. an       C. /        D. the

(   ) 2. A. so      B. but      C. and      D. of

(   ) 3. A. another  B. others    C. other    D. the other

(   ) 4. A. work    B. works    C. worked   D. to work

(   ) 5. A. for      B. to       C. at       D. with

(   ) 6. A. he      B. him      C. his      D. himself

(   ) 7. A. to       B. on       C. for      D. in

(   ) 8. A. after     B. late      C. before    D. later

(   ) 9. A. standing  B. stands   C. stood    D. to stand

(   ) 10. A. that    B. what     C. when    D. which

四、阅读理解。(共 15小题,计 15分)

(A) 阅读短文,判断句子正误。正确的填 T,错误的填 F。

“It was  sunny all morning”, said  John. “Why is  it raining now?”

Mother said, “There are  little drops (滴) of water in  the sky(天空). They're too small. They're always there. You can't see  them.”

“How do  they get there?” asked John.

“The drops come from rivers and  seas”, said Mother,“They come up  to the sky. Then they make clouds.”

“What happened (发生) then?” asked  John.

“The clouds get  heavy,” said Mother. “The drops to  come down.”

“And that is  rain!” said John.

(   ) 1. It  was raining all  morning.

(   ) 2. There isn't any  water at times in  the sky.

(   ) 3. We can  see the little drops of  water in the  sky.

(   ) 4. Little drops of  water make clouds.

(   ) 5. The drops of  water come down when the  clouds get heavy.

(B) 根据对话,完成对话中所缺单词。

A:Hello, Kate. It's a beautiful day,   1   it?

B:Yes,   2     3  . It's   4   sunny.

A:What are you    5   to  do this afternoon?

B:I have no    6  .

A:What about   7   swimming?

B:That's a good idea. What time   8   we  meet?

A:About two o'clock.

B:I'm afraid it's too  early. Let's make it  a little   9  . How

    about three o'clock?

A:That would   10   fine. Let's meet at  three o'clock.

五、用所给词的适当形式填空。(共 10小题,计 10分)

1. Tom walks more __________ than I (quick).

2. All his  friends came. They were _________ when they met.

(friend)

3. John comes from Canada. He is  a __________ (Canada).

4. It's useful to  keep our bodies __________ (health).

5. Yesterday I _________ (ring) up my  aunt, but she wasn't in.

6. It's a __________ (rain) day, isn't it?

7. He was  ill yesterday, but he _________ (feel) much  better now.

8. “I'll go  to the Great Wall”, he said __________ (happy).

9. Our classroom is  much __________ (bright) than  theirs.

10.The cold winter __________ (last) from December to  February.

六、句型转换。(共 10小题,计 10分)

1. It was  March 18th, 1997. (就划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ __________ __________?

2. There is  much ice, __________ __________? (反意疑问句)

3. The best way  for you to  study English is  much reading.

  You ________ _________ _________ much English. (同义句)

4. It was  a cold day. (感叹句)

  __________ __________ __________ day it __________!

5. I'll give the  message to him. (就划线部分提问)

  __________ __________ you give the  message __________?

6. It's an  easy question. (同义句)

  I can  answer the question __________.

7. She is  busy. I'm busy too. (同上)

  She is  busy, and __________ __________ __________.

8. I hope you  will have a  good time. (同上)

  I hope you  all __________ __________.

9. Kate has  a cake. Becky has  a cake, too. (同上)

  __________ Kate __________ Becky __________ a cake.

10. Bruce has  much food on  the table. (同义句)

   Bruce has __________ __________ food on  the table.

七、改错。(共 5小题,计 10分)

下列各小题 A、B、C、D 中有一处错误,指出并改下。

(   ) 1. You must look after yourself and  keep health.

        A          B       C           D

(   ) 2. I don't like winter, because there is very much snow.

            A      B           C        D

(   ) 3. What nice present. I like it very much.

        A      B         C       D

(   ) 4. Thank you for come to  see us.

          A     B    C       D

(   ) 5. Read the  story and find out the answer for the  question.

           A            B       C     D

TELEPHONE  MESSAGE

From : _____________   To : _____________

Time : _________________________________

Message : __________________________________        __________________________________

        __________________________________

No.4

School

shop

shop

post

office

library

shoe

factory

book

shop

shop

hospital

A. Where  are you going?          B. You are welcome. 

C. How  many people are going?    D. Can I go, too?

E. What  time are we starting?      F. How are we going there?

G. I  have no idea.               H. All right.

I. What  not a little earlier?         J. What fruit are we going to with?

 go,say,like,live,love,study,be,teach,work,eat

 A. Not all all.         B. You're welcome.   C. Certainly. 

 D. It doesn't matter.    E. No, Mr Green      F. Only one.

 G. By bike or on foot.           H. I'm sorry I'm late. 

 I. Yes, please go with us.         J. A talk about English name. 

 K. Animals.                     L. Fine, thanks.

say,  draw, watch, study, like, read, listen to, praise (表扬),  speak, sing

 A. How much are they?  

 B. Five cakes, three with nuts and two with something sweet inside. C. I'd like to buy some mooncakes.    D. You are welcome.

 E. Here is the money. 

 F. I'd like the mooncakes with nuts and xomething sweet inside.

 listen to,do,get,sing,fall,play,hear,answer,to,not like,skate

 not work,run,sit,leave,go,have,climb,show,turn,wait

pack, forget, ask, feel, teach, remember, wear, invent, keep, plan, reply

 study,hear,sing,be,visit,write,eat,fall,start,marry

Hospital

Cinema

Park

No. 1

Middle  School

Book Shop

Post  office

Station

Fruit shop

Factory